Home

PDF 4.4M - Robelle

1. Deleting Duplicate Data File Records The following tasks read the file Datafile and create two new files The file named result does not have duplicate records The other file named archive has only the duplicate records Task 1 Identify which records to delete Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 19 gt input datafile reclen 3 gt define keyl 1 8 gt define key2 13 12 gt define rec 1 38 gt ext rec gt sort keyl gt sort key2 gt dup only keys gt out dupfile link gt xeq 8 nolf Task 2 Write records to archive gt input gt table datafile reclen 38 nolf duptab rec sorted dupfile gt if lookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq Task 3 Delete the records gt input datafile gt If not Slookup duptab rec gt output result gt xeq Decimal Places length of the record hold Data in disc files often has an implied number of decimal places For example dollar amounts usually have two implied decimal places for the cents In this case the number stored is scaled by a factor of one hundred e g you would enter 10000 to represent 100 00 gt input gt def gt if total sales gt 99900 gt out result gt xeg saledata reclen 70 nolf total sales 40 integer find sales gt 999 You can use Suprtool s Item command to identify defined fields that have an implied number of decimal places Onc
2. Long Expressions Long If commands can use an ampersand to continue the command over several lines gt if status 20 and gt gt state AZ gt gt CA gt gt OR no ampersand on the last line This is awkward to use and for internal reasons the maximum length is restricted to 256 characters The read function makes it easier to enter long If commands Its maximum length is based on the complexity of the expression not on the number of characters Read Function The read function reads the If expression from stdinx or from the usefile if the If command is in a usefile Read continues to prompt for input lines until you press Return or enter You must remember to enter all the necessary parts of the If expression including connectors like AND and OR and commas You do not use an ampersand amp to continue from one line to the next when using read gt if Sread prompt for the expression status 20 and read prompts with state AZ the comma is still needed CA OR no comma on the last line blank line to terminate read Redoing Read When prompting for an expression read saves each line in the redo stack and accepts the Before Do Listredo and Redo commands This provides an easy way to specify all or part of a previous read expression Error Data Overflow While the read function permits long expressions there are other internal limits within the If
3. Reserved for future use Any other character must be matched one for one gt if name BIRD does name contain BIRD anywhere gt if name JIM BIRDG does name contain JIM perhaps other characters then BIRD gt if name gt lt does name not contain numerics gt if name qgedit suprtool qedit or suprtool For more information see Special Characters in the Glossary Trimming Spaces Trim Ltrim Rtrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Because Suprtool pads shorter strings with spaces when doing comparisons trimming spaces is most useful when creating a combined string with several fields For example you might want to combine a person s first and last name including a space between the two gt if Strim first Strim last Joe Smith Mixed Case Upper and Lower By default Suprtool does an exact match when comparing two string expressions If the expressions vary in the capitalization of characters Suprtool finds them to be different To do caseless string comparisons or pattern matches use the Supper or lower functions Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are shifted by Supper and lower For example VANCOUVER edmonton
4. Must go to the target directory because of file name limit in STExport and get a file name to store HTML output cd users htmluser public html gt dev null temp _stexpdata mktemp d Execute STExport to create the html file stexport lt lt EOD Input temp _sxdata HTML Table Title Orders Created Yesterday Heading Orders Created Yesterday sorted by customer Heading Fieldnames Date YYYYMMDD Output Stemp stexpdata html Exit D gt gt temp sxlog heck return code in case STExport had a problem If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile if eq 1 then echo failed temp_sxlog exit 1 else Everything worked fine Send the OK return string to the CGI script including the name of the HTML file name echo OK temp stexpdata html rm temp _sxlog gt dev null rm temp sxdata gt dev null exit 0 Perl Script With such a simple example we could have written the shell script a bit differently and then used it as a CGI script However shell scripts do not have enough features to easily handle parameters or complex forms Instead it is typical to use another language as an intermediate step One of the most popular CGI scripting languages is Perl Perl has a full set of string handling functions and can be combined with graphics libraries available from various sources Let us call this one sx_orders pl It must reside in t
5. gt extract city up Supper city gt extract full name Supper first last Downshifting Strings Lower If you want to downshift all characters of a string expression to lowercase use the built in function lower This function can be used to downshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are downshifted by lower For example gt extract city lower case lower city gt extract city state lower city state Trimming Spaces Using Trim L Trim RTrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Data Conversion You can convert numeric fields from one data type to another Any nonbyte field type is considered to be numeric You can also lengthen or truncate character fields The general syntax for doing conversions is EXTRACT target field source field Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name The follo
6. gt extract field Sdate 1 01 start of last month gt extract field Sdate 1 last end of last month Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using date the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Stddate Similar to the If command the Extract command is also capable of utilizing the stddate function This will allow for conversion of any of the supported Suprtool date formats to be converted to a date in the ccyymmdd date format in a double integer container For example gt in sdfile a self describing file gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyyyy gt ext order_no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeq Invalid Dates Because the stddate must have a valid date in order to properly convert the date to the ccyymmdd format a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar This means that if you attempt to extract use the stddate function against a value that is not a valid date then the extracted value will be 0 Days As with the stddate function the days function is also available to the Extract command You can convert any supported date to a Julian Day number in the following manner Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt in o
7. gt xeq Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits Suprtool is capable of converting dates from one format to another using a variety of Suprtool features We will show how Suprtool can convert common dates without the century to those that have the century included While Suprtool can convert your data it is up to you to change your programs Adager a third party program for changing Image database structures has the ability to change date fields Suprtool can convert data in Image databases flat files self describing files and KSAM files Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd The stddate function can convert six digit date formats to ccyymmdd But what if all the dates are not actually dates but some dates are filled with 9s as a flag to an application Consider this dataset with two date fields J2 items and in the date format yymmdd 50 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Database STORE DB GREEN D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 pi M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT_PRICE J2 21 PURCH_ DATE J2 25 SALES QTY J1 29 SALES TAX J2 31 SALES_TOTAL J2 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 10 Highwater 10 Bytes 38 First we need to know and understand our data Are there any invalid dates If so does the value have some other logical meaning gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date
8. QUERY numbers format 142 Query option 141 question mark database password 63 question delete all records 74 Quick help 102 213 268 Quiz report writer 44 255 271 273 quote characters 106 Quote command 225 quotes double 225 quotes none 225 quotes single 225 R random sampling 100 121 range of fields 89 range extracting 89 read only mode 161 reals classic 32 record format output 22 record length 32 Record Mode List option 136 record number 121 record number selection 100 121 record number IMAGE 100 record number Output 141 record number XSORT 160 records number of qualifying 145 Redo command 148 226 274 Redo number of commands 148 Redo Set 166 228 276 reduced output 162 Reflection 43 relative dates 113 relative field definitions 69 removing spaces 94 112 repeated fields 107 reports 23 Reset command 151 227 275 ROBELLE variable 31 192 247 Roman 8 characters HTML output 215 Roman 8 vs ASCII 133 running out of disc space in sort 170 running STExport 191 running Suprlink 249 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual S scientific format 209 SD files see self describing files SDUnix 39 Select command 152 Select command Allbase rows 156 Select performance 152 Select Long commands 152 selecting multiple values 105 selecting records 103 selection by date 113 selection logic 252 selection using arithmetic 108 self describing files field name limit 41 self desc
9. Subscript A subscript is used to specify one of many fields in a repeated item Within Eloquence it is possible to specify repeated fields For example costs 5J2 The item COSTS consists of five double integers You select one element of a compound field by specifying a subscript in parentheses the first element is 1 not 0 For example if you wanted to select the input records where the second cost was greater than 10000 you would use gt if costs 2 gt 10000 The 2 portion of the command is the subscript The default subscript is the first sub item for Total Define Sort and If but the entire compound item for Extract Table does not allow subscripts it always uses 1 The If command has another syntax using up to three subscripts allowing you to refer to subfields without Define see the If command for details Tables Tables are created with the Table command and they are used for testing in the If and Chain commands Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command Use tables when you wish to check a data field for many different test values You may also use tables to specify the records to search for with the Chain command Table can also mean a table from an SQL database Warnings Warnings are messages produced by Suprtool to let you know about nonfatal conditions that might affect your task Some common warning messages and their meanings are described in Appendix A Yes or No When Suprt
10. You must set the ROBELLE environment variable so that Suprtool can find its help and suprmgr files How you set this variable depends on where you have installed Suprtool Bourne and Korn Shells export ROBELLE opt robelle C Shell setenv ROBELLE opt robelle If you install Suprtool in any other directory you must set the ROBELLE environment variable to that directory Details of how to set up the PATH and MANPATH variables are included in the chapter Running Suprtool Under HP UX Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool How to Run Suprtool Use the following command to access Suprtool opt robelle bin suprtool SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 4 5 SUN JUN 17 2001 11 47 AM Type H for help Licensee The Shum Co Today s Hint To see ALL of the options available in Suprtool use gt VERIFY ALL gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner It also prints the name of the company that has licensed this copy of Suprtool Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example if you type the help command gt help Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help To exit Suprtool type Exit at the Suprtool prompt gt exit What is a Task Tasks are the building blocks with which Suprtool helps you to solv
11. and two new reserved characters A and Old Suprtool tasks that look for the specific characters 82 or will not work with the new pattern matching routine Users who are concerned about this can add the following command to their opt robelle suprmer file Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool set pattern old Prefetch SET PREFETCH number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Privmode SET PRIVMODE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Progress SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number Initial amp Defaults Percent 5 Minimum 50000 The Set Progress command is used to turn the Suprtool progress report feature on or off The PERCENT value specified tells Suprtool by which percentage increment to report the progress messages of any given input or output phase The allowed range for set progress is from 0 to 25 the default is every 5 percent If the PERCENT parameter is not specified then the next parameter is considered to be the PERCENT value This is to remain compatible with some earlier versions of Suprtool The MINIMUM value is the minimum number of records that an input file must have in order for the progress reports to be printed out If the MINIMUM value is set to 15000 then the input file must have at least 15000 records or else progress messages are not printed out for the entire task This value allows the user to turn off progress messages when reading smaller files The default
12. gt if field date today s date gt if field Sdate 1 last last day of previous month Combining these features makes it possible to generate batch jobs that require no operator input For example to select all of the transactions for last month you would use Suprtool Commands e 113 gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1 first and amp trans date lt date 1 last Month End Suprtool is always expecting a valid date Suppose that you have a month end job that contains the following If command gt if field date 1 When you run the job on May 31 2000 if Suprtool were to use the literal interpretation of date 1 it would use the date April 31 2000 In fact there is no such date April has only 30 days Whenever you specify for the day and the day is greater than the last day of the month you specified Suprtool uses the actual last day of the month instead of the current day of the month In our example Suprtool would use April 30 2000 Suprtool will take leap years into account when calculating the last day of February Today s Date To select records based on today s date use the following gt if field Stoday today s date gt if field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt if field today 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days befo
13. input file you wish to add gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task Our next example shows how to add by redefining the fields from a self describing file into a table The names are redefined so that the field names being extracted will match those in the table of the SQL database gt open oracle scott tiger gt in custrecs gt def cust_name custname gt def cust_addr address gt extract cust name gt extract cust_addr gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task open SQL database input file you wish to add redefine the items to match the names in the table extract data under the column name Our final example shows input from a flat file gt open oracle scott tiger gt in salehist gt def cust_number 1 6 byte gt def item no 7 10 byte gt def sales 18 4 double gt extract cust number gt extract item no gt extract sales gt add customer open SQL database input file you wish to add redefine the items to match the names in the table extract data under the column name specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task Suprtool cannot currently support integers larger than two words Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Base Command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool BA Opens a specified Eloquence database Once you have it open you can extract data from datasets delete entries load new entries into data
14. they will not be selected Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates Sometimes Because dates beyond 1999 will not collate properly for the YYMMDD and YYMM formats starting in version 4 0 11 the If command produces an error if the year specified in a date or today function is greater than 1999 and the date format is YYMMDD or YYMM and you are performing a relative operation e g lt lt gt or gt gt item enddate date yymmdd gt if enddate gt date 4 21st century date Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format Suprtool returns this error by default but you can override it with the following set command gt set date ifyy2000error off This tells Suprtool to allow the previously described relative operations and suppress the error message While you can override the error checking the behavior of today and date is not changed How Do Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates If you need to have Suprtool select dates in YY MMDD format with Today or Date you need to use one of the following solutions 1 Change the date storage format to include the century in all datasets and data files so you can use the following item command gt item invoice date date CCYYMMDD 2 Use the stddate function that adds the century component to dates in a ccyymmdd format in a J2 container Also see Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd on page 50 and
15. ASLO Carriage Return Line Feed M J CR LF again 27 amp dB escape sequence Dates Extracting Today s Date To extract today s date use the following Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 87 88 e Suprtool Commands gt item field date ccyymmdd identify date format of field gt extract field Stoday today s date gt extract field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt extract field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date Suprtool uses the date format to determine the output format of the date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using today the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Extracting Relative Dates The Extract command provides the same relative date features as the If command see Date Selection on page 113 for a complete description of the options of date You must first use the Item command to identify the field name as a date Suprtool uses the field type and length along with the date format to determine the output format of the date Note that the three parts of DATE are always specified in year month day order regardless of the date format of the field gt item field date mmddyy gt extract field Sdate today s date
16. Online Documentation in HTML Help Format ococcnincincnnonnoonnonnnonoconocnnccnncnnnonnnonnos 246 Help Command adas 246 Terminology and HP UX ta eii 246 No1 N aa a O lila acia 246 Installing Supra a e eo 246 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable ooooonccincoociconiconconnnonononoonononcnnoronoco nono nconno 247 ROBELLE Variabli sonan na E vasteyseveds 247 Accessing Suprlink 249 How TO R n Supra a A Ae ARS 249 How to Xeq a Suprlink Task o it 249 Suprtool Link Command dt ee oe ee 249 Exit with Vd Ran oi 249 Using Suprlinkin Batch 3 ne SR eee the dia 250 Introduction to Suprlink 251 How Report Programs Work ccccceesseescesscesscesecaeceseesecaecsaeeaeecaeeeseeseeseeeeeeeneenaeenseeaeenaes 251 Inp utFiles es dd a do dead ero le eee idos Sic dd les 251 Tk Piles osos ech cates o tl cd dei do la a al ld dd 251 Output Files xe A dia lots Dd loads ea ed aa a ad dd 252 SOT CYS td do da e e cathe lheeatan tes 252 SEE led asado ads de de 252 A step EAE AE at daieneds E 252 P tformance Considerations iii 253 Another Example A N 254 MEA fe Mock E te Seek kt 300 E ees tess nk E Ma ts bh At gh Ik Ne a 254 Selecting Non Matches cecccsseesseessesseeseceesceeceseceseeaeceaeceaecseecseeeneseeeseeeseeeeesenseeneeeaeenaees 254 Suprlink with Quiz QTP eccecccsseesseessesseeeseeeecesecesecesecaeceaecsaecseecseeeseseaeeeeeseeeseeneseseeeeeeetens 255 Suprlink Commands 259 General Notes cise ns a a E ath tees de Be
17. SORT field subscript DESCENDING SORT field subscript DESCENDING Default Ascending order Field The field specified must be an Eloquence data item that is a field of the input source a selected item from the selected table or a defined field or a field from a self describing file Subscript If the field is a compound item e g 2X25 the first sub item is the default if no subscript is specified You can sort on any sub item by specifying the subscript For example gt sort address 2 sorts on 2nd sub item Descending vs Ascending Order By default sorts are done in ascending order Descending specifies that the field is to be sorted in descending order Examples The most common use of the Sort command is to specify a sort field of a database field You may use the Key command to specify all sorts We recommend that the Sort command be used wherever possible If the structure of your database changes your Suprtool tasks still work if sort fields are specified with the Sort command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales input from a table gt sort account primary sort field gt sort purchased desc newest transactions first gt output dsales write the sorted records to a disc file gt exit In the next example we sort a disc file We create a field using the Define command Rather than using the Key command we use the Sort command to specify the sort field If t
18. as opposed to reading a dataset using the Get or Chain command Suprtool attempts to duplicate all of the input file s attributes in the output file This includes the file limit For this reason the Numrecs value is ignored if the output file limit is smaller than the input file limit Numrecs is still useful when reading disc files to reduce the size of the sort scratch file 138 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Open Command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Specify an SQL database to open Only one database can be open at a time OPEN ORACLE username password OPEN ALLBASE dbename owner OPEN ORACLE username password OPEN ALLBASE dbename owner Oracle Database Use the Open command to connect to an Oracle database You must specify your Oracle username and password If you do not specify the password in the Open command Suprtool prompts for your password without echoing it on the screen To read data from an Oracle table or view use the Select command Use Set Oracle Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Oracle data Allbase Database Use the Open command to connect to an Allbase database You must specify your Allbase dbename and owner To read data from an Allbase table or view use the Select command Use Set Allbase Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Allbase data gt open allbase inventory anne Suprtool Commands e
19. commands that are not valid Suprtool commands are passed off to the operating system If access to the O S has been disabled via the Set Limits command these commands are no longer passed off If the user does not precede the command with a colon we assume that the invalid command was meant for Suprtool If a colon precedes the command we assume that the command was meant for the operating system On HP UX systems an exclamation mark can be used in place of a colon Output ASCI not allowed with Duplicate None Keys Not all processing options are allowed in all combinations The ASCII option of the Output command which reformats the output record does not work with Duplicate None Keys Dup None Keys assumes that the output record has the same data definitions as the input record Xxxx is not the search field of Yyyy This message is issued by the Chain command when the search field specified Xxxx 1s not an index into the dataset Yyyy The field specified must be an Eloquence search field When Suprtool detects an unusual situation that it should bring to your attention it prints a nonfatal warning message For example Warning No input data specified Warning DATABASE must be RESTORED if System Crashes The following list explains the most common warnings Not all sort fields were extracted The sort information will not be written to the output Link file This warning occurs when you gt output filename link and are sorting b
20. date 1950 01 01 gt set squeeze off gt out sales02 1link gt ext cust account product price gt ext 19 gt ext purch date sales total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Because you extracted all 15 records you know you do not have any records with the purch date field that need to be updated with a 20 Now you can insert the records into the new database gt base store db gt in sales02 gt put d sales gt xeq Now you have converted two dates from an X6 format to an X8 format Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD The following Suprtool task shows you how to convert a date in a self describing file from mmddyy to yymmdd format Consider the following self describing file with the deliv date and purch_date fields Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 53 File SALESO4 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 DELIV DATE X6 9 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 T9 PRODUCT_PRICE I2 23 PURCH_ DATE X6 27 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt SALES QTY I1 33 SALES TAX E2 35 SALES_TOTAL I2 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You want to convert these two dates to a data format of yymmdd before adding a century in front of the year This can be easily accomplished by defining each sub part of the date and extracting those parts in the new order gt in sales04 gt def deliv date mm deliv date 1 2 g
21. enter set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprlink creates it Otherwise Suprlink uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprlink session As soon as you exit Suprlink the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprlink you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the cyrrent working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprlink is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Concurrency When Suprlink uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprlink You can run as many Suprlink instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Qedit instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message set redo myredo The redo file is already in use Una
22. filename parameter 287 filling unmatched link fields 271 finding invalid dates 114 Firstrec Set option 160 fixed columns 225 fixed length output file 201 Floating command 209 floating point classic 32 floating sign 231 floating point numbers 209 Form command 210 266 Form command default 99 Form command keywords 99 formatting commands 194 Formout file 267 four digit years 46 FROM part of Link command 271 G Get command 100 greater than gt 289 H Heading command 211 heading HTML option 215 heading maximum length 243 296 e Index Help command 102 213 Help command Suprlink 268 highlights 5 highwater mark reading to 159 holding tables for re use 173 HPCalendar date 125 HPCalendar date format 124 Hpmodify editing examples 149 HP UX commands 60 198 260 HP UX vs MPE 32 HTML command 214 HTML files maximum size 214 IEEE numbers 209 If lookup 105 If command 103 If command too long use read 118 If command too long use Table 171 If command combining with Chain 68 If command decimal places 108 If command prompting for values 119 Ifcheck Set option 160 Ignore Set option 160 illegal digits packed or zoned 254 IMAGE end of file 159 initial command line 29 initializing a field 85 input choices 35 Input command 120 222 269 input file 193 input file maximum block size 283 input file maximum fields 243 283 input file maximum record length 243 283 input files 2
23. gt if Supper city gt if Slower city Note that if you use the Supper or lower functions Suprtool does not upshift or downshift any constants used in the comparison You must explicitly specify the constants in the correct case or you can use Supper or lower with the constant gt if Supper city Supper vancouver Use the Supper or Slower functions for caseless pattern matching As with other comparison operators you must specify constants in the correct case when doing pattern matching VANQ ed gt if Supper city gt if lower city You can use Supper and lower with string expressions that combine many fields and string functions as shown in the following example Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt if Sread Supper trim first wow Strim last JOE SMITH Date Selection The If command has four functions to help select records based on dates date today days and stddate The date function works for any date The today function works for the current date and dates relative to today The stddate and days functions work for almost any date To use these date functions you must first identify the date format of an item by using the Item command The date function makes it easier to specify a target date for certain date formats e g PHdate or ASK To select records based on a specific date use this feature gt if field Sdate year m
24. or Select command is allowed per extract task The Input command opens the specified file immediately The file is held open until the input is reset or the current task completes Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 121 Item Command IT Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal points or the date format for an item The date and today functions of the If command work only with dates The Item command must precede any If or Extract commands ITEM itemname DATE DECIMAL attribute 122 e Suprtool Commands ITEM ltemname itemname DATE D ECIMAL attribute The itemname must be an Eloquence itemname a Defined field an SD self describing field or a column name If the itemname exists both as an Eloquence itemname and as a Defined field the attribute is associated with the Eloquence itemname and the Defined field is deleted If the itemname exists both as an Eloquence itemname and as an SD field the attribute is only associated with the Eloquence itemname and a warning is produced The itemname cannot be qualified with a subscript Date Formats For dates the attribute must be one of the following Attribute ASK Calendar ddmmyy ddmmyyyy mmddyy mmddyyyy Oracle PHdate yymm yymmdd yyyymm yyymmdd yyyymmdd ccyymmdd Abbreviations Attribute ccyymm ccyy aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa SRNChronos mmyyyy yyddd ccyyddd HPCalendar JulianDay EDSDa
25. output to stdlist Sxeq 10020 1993 10 05 50511501 98 31 1993 10 01 0 02 27 53 224 15 10003 1993 10 15 50511501 98 31 1993 10 15 0 01 13 76 112 07 10003 1993 10 15 50512501 145 62 1993 10 15 0 01 20 39 166 00 10003 1993 10 15 50513001 192 20 1993 10 15 0 01 26 91 219 10 10016 1993 10 21 50521001 24 59 1993 10 21 0 03 10 33 84 11 10016 1993 10 21 50532001 139 85 1993 10 21 0 01 19 58 159 42 There are no byte type fields in the input file so all fields are converted from their internal numeric representation to a string of digits All date fields were converted from their internal yyyymmdd format to the external yyyymmdd format with a dash separator between day month and year All fields with implied decimal places have been converted with a decimal point Load Data Into Oracle If you need to load the export file into an Oracle database you can use Oracle s own SQL Loader Files created with STExport can be processed immediately with SQL Loader Suppose we want to load the data extracted in Salefile We would use STExport to format the information and store the results in Expsale run stexport pub robelle Sinput salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput expsales output to a file Sxeq If the Oracle database resided on an HP 9000 we would need to transfer Expsale How you transfer the file is not important as long as it gets there in the same format incl
26. the task and creates the Output file Finally it closes the files ready for you to specify another task or Exit If you also wish to leave STExport after completing the task use Exit instead of Xeq Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 235 XML Command 236 e STExport Commands XML Use XML to produce XML Documents for either Internet or Intranet applications XML VERSION string DOCTYPE string FILE string RECORD string Example STExport can generate well formed XML output with just a few commands Sinput filelsd xml Soutput myxml Sxeq These four simple commands will generate the following file that packages such as XMLSpy will consider to be well formed XML The result of such an STExport task will look as follows lt xml version 1 0 gt lt file gt lt record gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt record gt lt file gt Notes By default STExport will add the simplest version tag at thebeginning of the file the
27. today function of If 114 Total command 175 Total output restrictions 80 totaling 21 totaling duplicate records 78 totals to a file 175 trailing sign 231 trimming spaces 94 112 truncate function 92 109 truncation numeric 109 truncation strings 93 two digit years 48 type parameter 69 70 128 U Indo edit Hpmodify 149 nsigned value 94 Jpdate command 163 177 pper case 93 112 pshifting strings 93 Jse command 178 233 278 Jse command with If read 119 ser manual 190 246 er specified heading 211 serpause command 180 secco geedda Cc V v option 30 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual value tests 104 variable length strings 93 110 variable length output file 201 Varsub Set option 277 Verify command 170 181 234 279 WwW warning messages 188 288 warning delete all records 74 Web 214 Web server 216 What s Up DOCumentation newsletter 4 X Xeq command STExport 207 235 Xeq command Suprlink 265 280 Xeq command Suprtool 82 182 Xeq option on Exit 82 207 265 XSORT 160 Y Year 2000 158 159 Year 2000 testing 55 yes answer to questions 187 288 yes response in pseudo batch 285 yyymmdd date format 124 Z Zero command 238 zoned constants 86 zoned decimal illegal digits 254 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Index e 301
28. 139 Output Command O 140 e Suprtool Commands Define the name of the output file as one of these a new disc file default an existing file Append or Erase option or for stdlist If you use List Put Update or Total Output defaults to null Output produces the same record format as the input source adjusted by Extract commands unless you override it with format keywords OUTPUT filename format ERASE APPEND OUTPUT filename format ERASE APPEND Default DATA only new file New Files The filename is the name of a new disc file to be built by Suprtool Output xxx If Suprtool cannot Save the new file because of a duplicate file name you may purge the old file or give the new file a different name If Suprtool is running in batch mode it renames the new file as Output where nn is the lowest number between 00 and 20 that makes a valid new file name The Outputzn file is built in the same directory as the duplicate output file and not in your current directory Existing Files The filename is the name of an old disc file to erase Output xxx erase or to append to Output xxx append Output xxx erase does not purge the existing file it simply overwrites the contents of the file Stdlist Specify output to stdlist by a single asterisk Output Use this filename with the ASCII option for a quick listing of a file or database table Format Options The format and length of the output r
29. 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt in dsales gt use usedef define delivered deliv_ date define purchased purch date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd use useext ext cust account ext deliv date ext product no ext product price purch_date sales qty sales tax sales total Care must be taken when entering Use commands with a stacked command after a usefile reference For example if you enter use usedef def j 1 6 byte the Define command will not be executed until after the Usedef and any other nested Use commands are finished Notes The usefile may be an unnumbered fixed length file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ If a Use file ends with an ampersand Suprtool will assume that you are continuing the current command on the next line outside of the use file Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 179 Userpause Command USER The Userpause command prints a prompt message on the screen and waits for the user to press a key USERPAUSE string USERPAUSE spring Default read without a prompt Prints the string and waits for any key Leading spaces in the string are printed Examples In this example we have a usefile that displays a message and then waits for the user before starting the task gt q gt q We will select all transactions o
30. CHARACTER x5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 16 lt lt 2 gt gt Entry Length 16 Blocking 1 Notes If you do an datafile it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprlink assumes a temporary file by default file formout dev 1p form custfile writes to line printer file formout dev disc form invfile writes to temporary file Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 267 Help Command H 268 e Suprlink Commands Show what commands and options are available in Suprlink HELP command keyword option HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Suprlink command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name thelp link help on the Link command thelp link notes notes section of the Link command Keyword Help If we canno
31. Date Items A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file A common reason for usefiles is to isolate Define and Item commands for a database in one place This makes future changes easier and prevents mistakes In this example we isolate all Item commands for dates from our database in a Suprtool usefile gt use store suprtool define delivered deliv_ date define purchased purch date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd Dataset Field Definitions In the store database the street address is a 2X25 item Suppose that you always wanted to refer to the first and second part of the address with different names The following usefile would access the m customer dataset and define the two necessary fields gt use mcust suprtool get m customer define street address 1 street address 1 define street address 2 street address 2 Quiet Execution By default Suprtool displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed The quiet option is not used in the examples above so that you could see the actual commands inside each usefile Suprtool can execute commands quietly using the Useq command Nested Usefiles Usefiles may be nested In other words a usefile may use another usefile to a depth of ten files For example if the contents of the Usedef usefile has a references to Useext both usefiles would be executed 178 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool
32. In the first case it is used to tell Suprtool how to format the arithmetic expression In the second case it is used in the sort command Warning In this example the output file is sorted by the value of total as it appears in the input record It is not be sorted by cost qty gt extract total cost qty gt sort total sort by input total Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost expense dept Correct gt extract name i sales tips gt extract c cost expense gt extract dept Constants vs Expressions If you have an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single constant value and not an arithmetic expression To specify an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect gt extract c 6000 cost Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract c 6000 cost Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal numbers or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Supr
33. Index 293 start command line comment 197 260 end command line comment 197 260 lt lt means less than 289 lt gt means not equal to 289 means calculator 289 means equal to 289 set name parameter 96 289 means matches pattern 289 gt gt changing the prompt character 166 gt is the prompt character 289 gt means greater than 289 gt lt means doesn t match pattern 289 4 4GLs 44 A A4 size paper 133 aammdd date format 50 124 abbreviating commands 59 197 259 Abort option on Exit 82 207 265 absolute field definition 69 absolute value function 92 109 accuracy in numeric expressions 109 Add command 62 Add Dates 89 adding records to a dataset 146 Allbase applications 36 Allbase database 139 alphanumeric string test 111 alternate values 105 171 alternatives to the If command 103 AND operator 104 appending Hpmodify 149 APS date format 124 arithmetic expressions 90 108 arithmetic trap 187 Arithmetic Set option 156 ascending order 128 169 ASCII option 23 142 ASK MANMAN date selection 124 294 e Index ASK option 142 asterisk see at sign in patterns 290 attached printer 136 B backslash 292 Base command 63 Base command default mode 164 base name parameter 63 146 batch 29 192 250 285 batch passwords 63 Before command 65 199 262 bit extracts 107 block size 285 Blocksize Set option 156 BOT and BACKSPACE error 161 Bourne
34. Invalid option replaces invalid dates with asterisks mon STExport must know which fields are dates and the format of each date Use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to specify the date information Date Format The date format can be one of e ccyymmdd e yyyymmdd e ddmmyyyy e mmddyyyy e yymmdd e ddmmyy e mmddyy e aammdd STExport converts each date field from its internal date format into the format that you specify Separator Character By default STExport formats all dates without a separator between the day month and year Specify your own separator by enclosing it inside quotes after you specify the date format The separator must be one character long For example to specify dates in ddmmyyyy format with a slash separator use Sdate ddmmyyyy To specify dates in yymmdd format with a dash separator use Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time STExport formats the date but not the time If you specify Date None Oracle dates will be treated as byte type fields Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Since Oracle dates actually contain binary data the output is often unusable by other applications unless you specify a specific date format Invalid Dates By default all invalid dates are formatted as asterisks STExport treats any date that does not have a valid century year month or combination e g February 29 2000 as invalid You can specify how you want STExp
35. Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a STExport task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y STExport responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr setting 198 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL BEFORE start stop string 1 ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style control characters for modifyin
36. Redo command Concurrency When Suprtool uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprtool You can run as many Suprtool instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool If you start using a persistent redo stack you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Suprtool instance at any one point in time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message gt set redo myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprtool continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue to work as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use gt set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called myredo for your Suprtool commands If you exit Suprtool and run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprtool commands Sortfast SET SORTFAST ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF T
37. SALES QTY SALES TAX SALES TOTAL In its simplest form SQL Loader is invoked with the following command sqlload userid username password control expsales ctl log expsales log The username and password are valid Oracle connect information SQL Loader reads the load specifications from the file specified in the control keyword It writes operation information and statistics to the file specified in the Jog keyword It also creates a number of files to report data problems etc SQL Loader has many other options to control the load task Refer to the appropriate Oracle documentation for details 242 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within STExport Maximums Delimiter Maximum Length 3 Bytes The delimiter must appear between every field in the output record To help avoid exceeding the maximum output record length the maximum delimiter length is three characters Input File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Fields 255 If you must have more than 255 fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes When formatting many fields it is possible to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input records w
38. Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 200 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Columns Command C Specify whether fields are formatted into variable or fixed length columns COLUMNS FIXED NONE COLUMNS FIXED NONE Default None Most PC software expects imported data to be in variable length columns Other database systems prefer data to be aligned in fixed columns Use the Columns command to specify whether the output file has variable or fixed length columns Output File The Columns command also affects the format of the Output file If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records If you specify Columns Fixed the output file will have fixed length records Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 201 Date Command DA 202 e STExport Commands Specify a specific date format for all dates DATE NONE date format separator INVALID ASTERISKS NULL string DATE NONE date format separator INVALID ASTERISKS NULL string Default yyyymmdd Invalid Asterisks Use the Date command to specify an output format for dates Use the Invalid option to specify how invalid dates should be formatted in the output file The advantage of the None option is that it formats all dates whether they are valid or not If you select a date format the default
39. Support Suprtool can read sort and write files greater than 2Gb on HP UX 10 20 or higher Suprtool is limited to processing large files with 2 1 billion records or less Suprtool and Allbase Specify an Allbase database with the Open command Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Allbase database We have tested the Allbase module with Allbase version G 1 09 for HP UX We believe that it will be compatible with future versions of Allbase We have not tested Suprtool with any of the F versions of Allbase Allbase access is available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Allbase internal data types into ones that Suprtool can process Not all Allbase data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Suprtool data type that corresponds to the Allbase data type Allbase Data Type Suprtool Data type Integer Double Smallint Integer Binary Not Supported Char Byte Varchar Byte Real Teee 32 Float leee 64 Decimal Packed Numeric Packed TID Not Supported Date Byte Time Byte Datetime Byte Interval Byte Varbinary Not Supported Long binary Not Supported 36 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Long varbinary Not Supported Date and Time Types Allbase h
40. Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program 84 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Extract Command EXT Assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from input records There can be up to 255 extracted fields and the same field may be extracted more than once Constant values may be used instead of the value of the field from the Input record EXTRACT field subscript value field2 EXTRACT field subscript1 field2 subscript2 EXTRACT target field expression EXTRACT field subscript value field2 EXTRACT fieldl subscriptl1 field2 subscript2 EXTRACT target field expression Default subscripi entire field Field Parameter Each extracted field must be an Eloquence field name an SQL database table column or a field in an SD file or a Defined field If the field requires an Item definition then the Item command must precede the Extract command Extract specifies a rearrangement of the Input data fields to produce the Output data record there is no data conversion unless output xxx ascii is specified The subscript parameter is valid only for compound items The total item is extracted if it is compound and no subscript is specified gt extract account extract the key value and gt extract rating one other field gt output outl output file has two fields Cumulative Extracts The Extract command is cumulative If two Extr
41. Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Range of Fields Extracting a Range of Fields You can specify a range of fields to extract using the following Extract Field1 Field4 Suprtool Commands e 89 90 e Suprtool Commands This feature only works with Eloquence fields input files equated to an Eloquence dataset and for self describing files If you specify a range Suprtool extracts all 4 of the field names between field1 and field4 inclusive When specifying a range of a self describing file that has been equated to an IMAGE dataset the IMAGE dataset definition takes precedence gt get d sales a self describing file gt ext product no sales qty gt out dsales gt xeq is exactly the same as d sales a self describing file product no first field in the range product price purch date sales qty last field in the range dsales Extracting a Range of Subscripted Fields Suprtool accepts a subscript on either field in a range You can even use this feature to extract a range from a single field For example if sales_amt is a 12J2 field gt in sales a self describing file gt ext sales _amt 4 sales_amt 6 gt out dsales gt xeq is equivalent to gt in sales a self describing file gt ext sales amt 4 first subscripted fi
42. To create an SD file from a data file follow these steps 1 Define the fields that you want to include in the SD file 2 Extract the fields in the order you want 3 Use the Link option in the Output command to create the SD file gt input datafile reclen 38 lf gt define account byte gt define first name byte gt define last_name 21 byte gt define age 37 int gt extract account age first name last name gt output result link gt xeq Repeating Commands Repeating a Command Use the Listredo command to see a list of your most recent commands Use the Do command to repeat a command or use the Redo command to modify a command before repeating it Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 11 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt listredo 20 most recent commands gt listredo input most recent Input commands gt input result la gt xeq gt do input repeat previous Input command gt input result gt if quantity gt 10000 ts gt redo if modify previous If command then repeat If you have used two commands that begin with the same letter you have to be careful when repeating those commands Make sure you use enough letters to identify each command distinctly from the other In the following example if you wish to repeat the Input command instead of the If command you need to use do i s instead of just do 1 gt i somefile gt if lt expression gt GA gt xeq gt do is repeats pr
43. X6 data type Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY 00 09 1900 1909 90 99 1990 1999 AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence you can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two character year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Oracle Oracle dates include both the date and the time The date and today functions only apply to the date part of Oracle dates SRN Chronos The Srnchronos date format is used in applications from Software Research Northwest Like Oracle dates this format includes the date and time but the time portion is ignored by the date and today functions DDD Dates Dates consisting of ddd in the format name use the ddd to represent the nth day in the current year This means that January 1 will be day 001 and Dec 31 will be day 365 on non leap years Some people refer to these type of dates as Julian dates HPCalendar The HPCalendar date format is supported by HP s new HPCalendar intrinsic and consists of a 32 bit integer number whereby the first 23 bits represent the year and the last nine bits represent the day of the year Decimal
44. accepts one field at a time gt select from sales input gt sort cust_account first sort key gt sort sales total desc second sort key gt output result output gt xeq Duplicate Records Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool In the following examples the key field is in the first four bytes of the record Duplicate ness is based on records having the same key value In any group of records with the same key value the first record is considered to be the original and the rest are considered to be the duplicates Report without Duplicate Records This is an example of filtering out duplicated records the original remains This is done by using the None option of the Duplicate command Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 Cc 3333 e 2222 d Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 17 3333 e gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt dup none keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicate Records This is an example of keeping only the duplicated records the original is not kept This example is the opposite of the previous example Use the Only option of the Duplicate command to do this Input Result 1111 a 2222 2222 b 2222 d 2222 c 2222 da 3333 e gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt dup only keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Unique Records This example shows how to report only those records without duplicates That is if the rec
45. always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file STExport prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport Importing Data Input File Data Types Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts STExport reads one input file and formats each input record into one record in the output file The Input file must be a self describing file use the Output Link option in Suprtool Dates and Decimal Places Use Suprtool s Item command to specify date formats and the number of implied decimal places when you create the self describing file STExport uses this information to correctly format the information in the output file See Appendix A for a complete example of how to use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to create an input file for STExport Each STExport formatting command applies to all fields of a specific data type 1 e you cannot specify formatting field by field only by type For example all numeric type fields can be formatted the same The main data types that S
46. an IMAGE field DEFINE field definition DEFINE field definition field is an identifier up to 32 characters long must begin with a letter and can consist of letters A through Z digits 0 through 9 or the following symbols beck P Pe SSE _ In the case where the field name is written to a self describing file only the first 16 characters are used definition can be in two different forms absolute or relative Absolute Definitions DEFINE field byteposition sublen type subcount DEFINE field byteposition sublen type Subeount Default type BYTE subcount 1 The byteposition is a positive integer giving the byte index where the field starts The first byte is always number 1 not 0 The sublen is the number of bytes in the field When the subcount is 1 default the sublen is the total number of bytes in the field When you specify a subcount the sublen is the byte length of each subfield See Data Types below for the definition of type gt input uxfile r 40 1f input from a disc file gt def qty 14 4 double double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt def name 5 6 character string of 6 bytes gt sort name sort using the field name gt total qty total all the values of the field QTY gt exit Relative Definitions DEFINE field fieldname subscript offset Lsublen type subcount DEFINE field fieldname subscript offset s
47. be executed from a Korn shell script Let us call it sx_orders ksh It can reside in any directory that has appropriate permissions to execute Do not forget to assign eXecute permission to the file chmod x sx_orders ksh You can run this script manually from the prompt to see if there are any problems Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 217 Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual 218 e STExport Commands bin ksh Make sure the PATH variable includes opt robelle bin where Suprtool and STExport usually reside PATH SPATH opt robelle bin Create a temporary logfile and get a file name for the temporary extract file temp_sxlog mktemp touch temp_sxlog temp _sxdata mktemp Run Suprtool and extract the data Read commands using here is write messages to temporary logfile suprtool lt lt EOD gt gt Stemp_sxlog Open Allbase users orders db OrdersDBE clerk Select From clerk sales tem purchasedate date yyyymmdd tem deliverydate date yyyymmdd tem price decimal 2 tem salestax decimal 2 tem salestotal decimal 2 f purchasedate M today 1 Sort customernum Output Stemp sxdata Link Exit EOD Check return code in case Suprtool had a problem If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile if eq 1 then echo failed temp_sxlog exit 1 else Suprtool task worked correctly Can go on with STExport
48. be using an HP terminal or HP terminal emulator and your data communication settings must be setup correctly You can combine this option with other listing options You cannot interrupt Record mode with Control Y but you can do a Soft Reset This unlocks the keyboard and causes the rest of the output to appear on the screen You can then stop it with Control Y List record may not return complete control to your PC when running Reflection The report printed and the keyboard unlocks but control is not passed to your terminal You can get control back by doing a Soft Reset Alt S You can prevent this problem by setting DISABLE COMP CODES to yes If you are listing to an attached printer from a terminal your terminal may remain locked after the printout is completed This generally happens when you have handshaking enabled G H straps set to No You can do a soft reset to unlock your terminal If handshaking is disabled G H straps set to Yes the List command works and returns control to the terminal but two S characters will be printed on the terminal There is currently no known workaround to these problems Notes The List operation occurs logically after the sort phase if any and after any Extract but before the final Output or Put operation A Reset turns off the current List options For more examples of the List command see Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Listredo Command LISTREDO
49. because of the initial QTP commands that we used to create the file Now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access invcust gt report gt go Notes on Subfiles One of the advantages that Suprlink has over the link function in PowerHouse is that Suprlink does not require the key field in the link files to be a database key Because Suprlink uses a serial merge approach its files only need to have a common field with the same data type and length If you do use Suprlink to link files that do not share a common database key you need some extra steps to create the PowerHouse subfile Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Defining Fields in QTP In our example above custnum can be used to link the d_invoice and m_customer tables in QTP because custnum is an index in the m_customer table If custnum was not an index you could try declaring the record structure for the subfile with the QTP Define command Srm invcust Sqtp gt access d_invoice gt define name character size 20 gt define address character size 20 gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go You must be careful to ensure that the data definitions of the Defin
50. but some combination font cartridges only supply the ASCII character set half as many characters means twice as many fonts in a single cartridge If you ask for Landscape Lineprinter and get Landscape Courier instead your Lineprinter font probably has the ASCII character set instead of the Roman 8 character set To request an ASCII font add 1000 to the PCL code For example if you have a Super Cartridge 55 fonts in one use PCL 1001 1004 and 1006 To select both ASCII and A4 paper add 3000 Double Sided Printing on LaserJets The LaserJet IID and HID can print on both sides of the paper The Duplex keyword enables double sided printing on these printers gt list duplex Headings in Listings Specifying a Title in the List command forces Suprtool to produce a formatted listing with page headings page numbers today s date and the current time If you want just the date and page numbers use an empty string For example gt list title m The following example prints a report on a LaserJet in Landscape sideways mode using the tiny Lineprinter font including a page heading with the title The physical command line limit is 256 characters As a result the maximum size of the heading is less than 256 characters because the List command and heading options need to be included in the command line Suprtool Commands e 133 gt in custs self describing file gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt set
51. cartridge that overrides the default font e g 92286F cartridge PCL 4 Selects Portrait orientation and Lineprinter font of the L cartridge and others This option prints 132 columns across the page by 80 lines PCL 5 Prints 80 columns on A4 paper by slightly narrowing the space between columns Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool PCL 6 Prints tiny letters in Landscape mode on legal size paper This gives you 223 columns per line The PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper Suprtool can adjust the number of rows and columns for each option to match A4 if you add 2000 to the PCL code You can also select the ASCII character set instead of the default Roman 8 character set by adding 1000 to the PCL code See List Command L on page 131 for more details Here is a complete table of the PCL codes PCL L P Font A4 paper _Letter size Notes Rows x Rows x Columns Columns 1 L Ip 58 x 188 60 x 175 2 L courier 43 x 110 45 x 100 3 P courier 64 x 77 60 x 80 standard 4 P lp 85 x 128 80 x 132 5 P courier 64 x 80 60 x 80 A4 squeeze 6 L lp 60 x 223 60 x 223 legal size L and P mean Landscape or Portrait orientation List Time SET LIST Time number Initially 1 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 Use S
52. cccceceessesssesseeesceesceeeescceaccaecaecsaecaeecseesseseneseeeseesseeeeeseeeeeaseneeenaeenaes 268 Input Command J ceecccecsseescessceesceeeceeccesecaeeeaeceaecaeecaeesaeseeeseeeseseeesneesaeeeaeenaeeneeeneeeaees 269 Link Command h essre lcd ci T E niii 270 Listredo Command LISTREDO un iiei a Ea i EEs S 272 Output Command O einni E E EE EEE IERS 273 Redo Command REDO ennn E E EE EAEE 274 Reset Command R rnunana E E a a S 275 Set Command Sui eee 276 Mapped iii a 276 Red iii id 276 o rn aati nied cael Gaal chastise anes tiens 277 Valbuena iii 277 Use Command Uli ici tie ii 278 Verity Command Vlad s 279 Xeg Command lion ni id 280 Example Suprlink Output 281 Example incidido 281 Limits Within Suprlink 283 MAXIMUS in a eine 283 Glossary of Terms 285 Commoniy used Terms A 285 Special ChArACters cintas 288 Index 293 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Contents e ix Welcome to Suprtool Introduction Welcome to version 4 6 01 of Suprtool the HP UX handyman for Eloquence Oracle and Allbase databases and fixed length data files Use Suprtool to quickly select and sort data records Combine multiple data files using Suprlink UX Use STExport to convert fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into other applications The Suprtool commands are Add Exit Key REDO USERpause BAse EXPort LINk Reset Verify Before EXTract List SELect Xeq Chain Form LISTREDO Set MPE o
53. cmasfile sfd qtp gt access custmast gt set input limit 0 gt subfile cmasfile keep include custmast gt go Creating Subfile with Script File The process of creating a subfile is essentially the same regardless of the input file being used The only things that change are the subfile and input file names Here is a script file for automating this task This script can be executed before running Suprtool or from within Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 45 bin sh rm usefile echo set report limit 1 gt usefile echo access 2 gt gt usefile echo set subfile name 1 keep gt gt usefile echo report summary all gt gt usefile echo go gt gt usefile echo exit gt gt usefile quiz lt usefile This script accepts two parameters the name of the subfile to be created and the name of the file whose structure it will duplicate Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below Ssuprtool gt makesub cmasfile custmast gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit limit gt 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sf erase gt exit Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands Suprtool does not have the ability to prompt users for selection criteria You can easily create a short Quiz procedure to prompt for values and create a file of Suprtool commands define D PROMPT date format YYMMDD parm prompt Enter selection date report amp input custmast reclen 80 nolf amp skip if DATE
54. configured to allow CGI scripts On the NCSA server you need to change the srm conf file to include ScriptAlias cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin This indicates to the server where the CGI scripts are located If a user enters cgi bin in the Uniform Resource Locator URL the Web server executes the program specified out of the directory specified e g http www mycompany com cgi bin myscript pl will actually execute usr local httpd server cgi bin myscript pl On the CERN Web server you need to enter the following in the httpd conf configuration file Exec cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin Of course the alias name and directory can be anything you want them to be A script can be coded to perform the same task every time it is run There are different ways you can pass parameters to a script so that it can do different things We will try to keep it simple and focus our attention on a specialized program Our application will display a list of all sales records created yesterday The information is stored in an Allbase database The table is called demo sales and has the following columns Column Name _ Allbase Type Nulls SuprtoolType CUSTOMERNUM DeliveryDate and PurchaseDate are in yyyymmdd format Price SalesTax and SalesTotal have two implied decimals CUSTOMERNUM DELIVERYDATE PRODUCTNUM _ PRICE PURCHASEDATE SALESQTY SALESTAX SALESTOTAL Before you go any further y
55. d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch date gt list gt xeq Once you have confirmed that there are no invalid dates you can start converting the dates that you have Because there are two date fields in this dataset you must be careful to add the appropriate century for the proper field For this example assume that if a year is less than 1950 then the century should be 20 You can easily convert each date by processing each field separately by using an intermediate self describing file 52 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt base store dbold 1 Database password gt get d sales gt set squeeze off gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if deliv date gt date 1950 01 01 gt out sales01 link gt ext cust account gt ext 19 gt ext deliv date sales total gt xeqg IN 15 OUT 14 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 5 Now insert 20 to the century for the appropriate records gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt if deliv date lt S date 1950 01 01 gt ext cust account gt ext 20 gt ext deliv date sales total gt out sales01 1link append gt xeq Now you can convert the other field from the flat file sales01 and add a century to the purch_date field gt reset gt base close the open database gt in sales0l gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if purch date gt
56. date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch date gt list gt xeq gt GET D SALES 9 gt OUT NULL 0 CUST ACCOUNT 10010 DELIV DATE 999999 PRODUCT NO 50513001 PRODUCT PRICE 19220 PURCH_DATE 999999 SALES QTY 2 269 SALES TOTAL 21910 gt OUT NULL 1 10010 DELIV DATE 125213 50513001 PRODUCT PRICE 19220 1 SALES QTY 2691 21910 SALES TOTAL 21910 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 In this example we see two records that do not contain proper dates The first record contains all 9s which is probably used as some sort of flag We may need to add 99 in front of these dates But the second record is obviously wrong We can use Dbedit to correct this before converting the other dates We need to know our data to properly convert to a new date format Once all the incorrect dates are fixed we can start converting We can add a prefix of 19 or 20 to all the appropriate dates by using the following Extract statement Please note that we are updating this directly In case we need to redo this task we only convert those dates that have not yet been converted In this example we set the cutoff year to 30 so any dates before 30 will have 20 as the century and the others will have 19 gt get d sales gt set date cutoff 30 gt item purch _date date yymmdd gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if not invalid purch_ date and not invalid deliv date gt update gt e
57. dates Dates that do not start with the year do not collate correctly so Suprtool does not allow relative comparisons with them lt lt gt and gt although you may still compare for strict equality or inequality The following examples will be rejected by Suprtool gt item trans date date ddmmyy gt if trans date gt date 1 first and amp trans date lt date 1 last Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt input myfile reclen 80 nolf gt define mydate 1 6 gt item mydate date ddmmyy gt define gt if mydate gt date 00 11 01 Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt if mydate gt S date 01 11 00 Error Invalid date Year 1 Month 11 Day 00 e g 301100 If the date format does not allow the specification of a certain day such as yymm ccyymm yyyymm aamm ccyy and mmyyyy then you do not need to specify the entire date format although Suprtool will allow either format for date gt item trans_month date yymm gt item purch date date yymm gt if trans month lt date and amp purch_ date gt date 00 01 Because dates beyond 1999 in the yymmdd and yymm date types do not collate correctly relative comparisons are no longer valid Suprtool produces an error in the following case Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Using a first pass to generate a Suprtool command dynamically then using that command in a second pass is a powerful tec
58. each month of the year We use a subscript when we want to refer to a specific month gt def amt 11 2 int 12 amt is an integer that repeats 12 times gt if amt 5 gt 1000 we select on the 5th subfield gt output outfile Relative Examples Use the simplest form of relative definitions to rename existing fields gt def quantity qty quantity is a more readable name gt if quantity 100 selection on the new field The Define command copies the byteposition sublength and type to the new field but it does not copy the subcount Define assumes that you want the first subfield gt def amount amt amt is 12J2 gt if amount gt 1000 amount is 1J2 and is the same as amt 1 Relative Example with Subcount Because Suprtool defaults the subcount to one you might want to specify an explicit subcount when giving a new name to an existing field gt def amount amt 12 amt is 12J2 same length and type gt if amount 5 gt 1000 amount is 12J2 we are selecting for May Relative Example with Subscript Use subscripts to define a new field that corresponds to a specific subfield gt def may amt 5 amt is 12J2 gt if may gt 1000 may is the fifth subfield Relative Example with Offset Many applications define subfields within a larger character field A common example is a part number where the first four digits are the warehouse location the second four digits are the bin number and the last four digits
59. ego hi va do oe RINSE coa a vate 97 Get Command Oli Ad eee be RTE OR aa ees 100 Help Command TH acia ohne RAR a ek edd ARG aaron ene 102 Command TF sins os seen 5 cece sa la aseado 103 EXPresSlONS v4is23 03 a RO Aree e nae ae 103 A O OS 106 SUCH pis a sates eo e A e dee e TAN 107 NTRA SOS 107 String Express ON S odios 110 Date Selection E AET E A E E 113 Long EXpressiONS ici iii E 118 Triput Coma li ae 120 Item Command IT ocooonnnoccnocccinonononaconanononoconn nono nocnnnnconnocnnn ccoo nono n cnn nn nnnnn cnn nn nnnnn cc nn nnnn ccoo 122 Date EMOS ainda 122 Decimal Places lea let e dedo d at e lo 125 NOUCS ici A A A E N E ea 126 Key Command Klein sica 128 Link Command Nic a aaa tica 130 List Command lluita atacada Tena Tan tbe ub THRE 131 EM duo A R e e 131 LaserJet Lis ia caia 132 Headings in List iii iii caian 133 Simple Reports its 134 List DO Vie 2 iia aaa 135 Listredo Command LISTREDO ccccccsccccscccsssceescecsseceeceecsseceseeecsaeceeeeecsseceseecsseeeeseeesas 137 Numrecs Command Ni 138 Open Command OP iuciioniin a i a R 139 Output Command OJren siisii iii 140 Put Command PI ed o ata 146 Command O EE co eae sas Eas ced HENS E 147 Redo Command REDO ee 148 Reset Command TR ocio 151 Select Command SEE bi 152 Set Command S eraser E E 153 Albasini O EE A E 156 AA o dices 156 JBE O ASEE E E E E E E E EE tusesthewcaneevecne 156 IBIOCKS1Z6 2 ira 156 O es cuastoveetuasevsceuswerce ty
60. for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Cancel the current linkage task RESET RE S ET Reset closes the current Input file and any Link files then resets the output file name to Output This is actually a Reset All command you cannot reset particular commands as you can do in Suprtool If you try to reset an individual command Suprlink prints a warning Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 275 Set Command S 276 e Suprlink Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprlink These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ONJOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ONJOFF VARSUB ONJOFF SET MAPPED ON OFF REDO filename STATISTICS ON OFF VARSUB ON OFF Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF MAPPED has no effect within Suprlink UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the Suprlink prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprlink invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future Suprlink invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack
61. gt coffee and decided to cancel the task gt upon your return gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt sort name_last sort name_first Coffee break gt exit abort cancel the sort and terminate End Of Program Exit Xeq EX Signal the end of command input and the start of an extract operation After the Suprtool task completes Suprtool terminates Exit Xeq is the default option 1 e specifying Exit starts execution of the current task 82 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Examples opt robell gt exit e bin suprtool no input was specified No action taken opt robell e bin suprtool gt input rep23 newdata gt out rep23 data gt xeq gt input rep24 copy one file newdata gt out rep24 data gt exit copy and stop Notes on Exit Xeq If you have entered neither sort keys nor an input source Exit terminates Suprtool without performing any task If you have defined an input source but without any sort keys Suprtool does a copy operation prior to stopping Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 83 Export Command EXP You cannot use Suprtool s Export command to invoke STExport UX but you can run STExport UX by itself opt robelle bin stexport STExport UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 Version 4 5 STExport UX only accepts self describing files created by
62. gt key 11 2 int key is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Bigfile gt xeg create Outfile and prompt for more Suprtool commands gt input discfile r 40 1f another input file gt key 14 4 double desc double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt output ofile2 sort input in descending order gt exit The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Key command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt key 1 10 byte data type gt key 1 10 desc descending sort sequence gt key 11 4 double 12 or J2 S9 9 COMP gt key 1 6 11 4 ieee X6 string and an E2 field at byte 11 gt key 21 6 packed P12 S9 11 COMP 3 gt key 21 6 packed P12 S9 10 COMP 3 wasted byte Notes The command name Key is optional Any command that starts with a numeric character is assumed to be a Key command The Verify command shows all of the current key fields and the Reset command cancels them If no sort fields are defined prior to the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy not a sort Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 129 Link Command LIN You cannot use Suprtool s Link command to invoke Suprlink UX but you can run Suprlink UX by itself opt robelle bin suprlink Suprlink UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 Version 4 5 F Suprlink UX provides high speed data file linking based on a sort key Suprlin
63. in each field Line Feeds In MPE there is no separator between records in a file In HP UX there may not be a separator or there may be a line feed between each record For Suprtool to correctly read a data file it must know whether the line feeds are present You can specify whether or not a file has line feeds via the LF or NOLF options in the Input command Suprtool and STExport allow control over whether or not line feeds will be written to the output file or not For details please see the Output Commands for both Suprtool and STExport Duplicate Output Files If the output file already exists and you haven t requested the Erase or Append option Suprtool has to decide what to do This is how Suprtool UX handles duplicate output files 1 In Suprtool UX the duplicate output file processing takes place at the beginning of a task in Suprtool MPE it occurs at the end 2 If Suprtool UX is in batch it purges any existing file with the same file name Suprtool MPE chooses a new output file name of the form OutputNN If the Suprtool UX task is on line it prompts the user to purge the file 3 When Suprtool UX purges a data file it always deletes any associated Sd file even if the output option is not Query or Link Classic Reals Suprtool UX does not support Classic real numbers real or long If you are porting data files from MPE to HP UX you should first convert any Classic floating point 32 e Running Suprtool u
64. is specified without a value the default that Suprtool uses may be different from the program s initial value When that is the case the command description will show the initial value and the default when omitted value Allbase SET ALLBASE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Allbase database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches with Set Allbase Rows The minimum number of rows is 1 and the maximum number is 990 You must specify Set Allbase Rows before entering the Select command Arithmetic SET ARITHMETIC Classic IEEE This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Baseclose SET BASECLOSE ON OFF This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Blocksize SET BLOCKSIZE size This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Buffer SET BUFFER size Initially depends Default no change Set Buffer varies the maximum number of words that Suprtool allocates for input and output buffers This buffer size limits the number of data blocks that Suprtool reads at a time Suprtool overrides the maximum buffer size specified if that is necessary to get the task done For example when the blocks size of the file is greater than buffer maximum specified The maximum value is 14 336 words in Suprtool V and 24 576 words in Suprtool iX The default value used by Suprtool is the largest size tha
65. item in a Suprtool command line When you enter continued command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character gt The following task extracts all customer records for gt the different customers we are interested in gt in customer input self describing file gt if status 10 or amp prepaid status status P20 rs current status status 30 arrears status gt output outfile output to a disc file gt exit execute the task and exit HP UX Commands If Suprtool doesn t recognize the command you have entered it tries to interpret it as an operating system command Suprtool also interprets any command line beginning with an exclamation mark or a colon as an O S command For example Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt sort custfile by custnum comment gt input custfile gt key 1 10 no on the next command gt ls sort check for file name gt out sortcust gt exit Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator For help type Control Y Interrupt You can interrupt a Suprtool task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprtool responds by telling you how much work it has done IN OUT etc and asks if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue
66. library manuals Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to STExport e 189 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtoo l user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows Help Command The user mai nual is also available to the on line Suprlink user through the Help command For instructions try Shelp help Notation The STExport documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition LISTREDO start stop ALL string LISTR l Installing STExport STExport is EDO start 7 step 1 I AEL I string UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example ALL Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example start Brackets enclose optional fields Example string Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual STExpor
67. number not supported in Suprtool UX SET PRIVMODE ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number SET PROMPT character SET RECOVER ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET REDO filename SET SORTFAST ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET SQUEEZE ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET STATISTICS ON OPF SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET SUSPEND ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET USERLABELS ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET VARSUB ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET WARNINGS ON OFF Each option is its own Set command That is you cannot specify multiple options in the same command Inst ead use multiple Set commands For example to Set Statistics On and to define a PCL format for the List command you would specify two Set commands gt set stat on gt set list pel 1 or Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 155 Add system wide Set commands to the opt robelle suprmgr configuration file 156 e Suprtool Commands gt set stat on set list pcl 1 When Suprtool starts running all the options are set to initial factory settings The Suprmegr file may contain Set commands to override the initial values Set commands remain set until the end of the Suprtool run or until changed by another Set command Some commands have optional parameters e g the numeric value of Set Date Cutoff If the command
68. or type YES to stop the task Even though you abort the task your output file is saved although it may be empty if you stop before the sort phase is over Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr setting Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 61 Add Command Add 62 e Suprtool Commands Specify an SQL table to which you wish to Add records Add tablename Add tablename Use the Add command to insert records into an Oracle table You must specify the Oracle tablename and you must have opened the Oracle database to which you wish to add records The tablename specified must be a valid table and not a view The fields from the input source or the extracted names must be the same as the column names in the table to which you wish to add records You do not have to specify all columns in the table unreferenced columns will be given default values depending on their data type You cannot currently add records from another SQL table However you can extract the records you want into a file and then add from that file Examples The first example shows a typical Add task A self describing file s records are added to the table called customer This assumes that the self describing file has the same structure and that the field names are the same as the column names gt open oracle scott tiger gt in custrecs open SQL database
69. out out4 gt xeq Combining Chain with If The Chain command selects an input dataset and a set of key values to search for To specify additional selection criteria use the Chain command to specify the key values and the If command for the additional selection criteria gt select records for customer 1234 where the sales qty is gt greater than 100 gt chain d sales cust account 1234 gt if sales qty gt 100 gt out outd gt xeq Notes The Chain command is intended to replace a Get and If combination where the primary selection is by key value In many cases it is still faster to use the Get command to read the entire dataset than it is to use the Chain command to use search paths Use Set Stat On to compare the performance of the Chain and Get commands The dataset search field cannot be a R type item The Chain command always reads the chain values in sorted order by ascending search value You do not need to specify a Sort command to have the output file sorted by the search field 68 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Define Command D Defines fields that can be used in the Duplicate Extract If Item Sort Table and Total commands With Define you can do selection on ordinary data files using the same kind of readable expression that you use with databases You can also access data fields that are not actually structured as defined in the database e g implicit subfields within
70. prints the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name When displying the form of an Eloquence dataset Suprtool shows the capacity in a format similar to the one in DBSCHEMA Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 97 98 e Suprtool Commands gt form orders Database SAI ORDERS Detail Set 4 Entry Offset RNO X16 1 RID I2 17 ID RDATE I2 21 X6 25 CUSTOMERS RSTAT EL 31 RTYPE X2 33 O RVALUE E4 35 Capacity 1008 0 0 0 O Entries 47 Highwater 0 Bytes 42 O O O Cc O O D D D S D D D HAA Zz O Master Datasets The Form Sets command indicates which datasets have MDX enabled A Form command on these datasets shows details of their expansion setting gt form parts Database SAM PARTS Master Set 2 Entry Offset PARTNO X 1 lt lt Search Field gt gt PARTLOOKUP X 17 DESCRIPA X2 23 DESCRIPB X2 47 PARTUNIT X2 67 PROF ITGROUP x4 69 MATNUMBER X16 13 PRICEUNIT X2 89 PRICE1 E4 PRICE2 E4 Capacity 524 Entries 182 Bytes 106 6 0 0 0 SQL Select When showing the form of an SQL select Suprtool shows the column s name the SQL type and the Suprtool type When showing the form of a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one gt open oracle scott tiger gt select from emp gt fo
71. produce an output file that Suprlink cannot read Input File Maximum Fields 255 Suprlink restricts the number of fields per file to be 255 If you must have more fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Link File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words As with the input file you should use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the link record size Link File Maximum Block Size 2048 Words See the description of the maximum input block size Link File Maximum Fields 255 See the description of the maximum number of input fields Link File Maximum Number Seven Suprlink will link one input file with up to seven Link files Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within Suprlink e 283 Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Words When linking many files together it is easy to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input and link records will avoid large output records Output File Maximum Fields 1023 Internal Suprlink tables that keep track of the output fields are restricted to 1023 entries 284 e Limits Within Suprlink Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms Commonly used Terms Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch any error message causes Suprtool to quit Warning messages do not cause an abort If an error occurs Suprt
72. redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples 11 Fal fd not found sd is not spelled right redo most recent command last command is printed you enter changes to it the edited command is shown you press Return listredo all gt redo 5 gt red redo 5th command in stack o redo previous command gt redo 2 redo command before previous gt redo redo 8th through 10th gt redo redo 10 through last gt redo redo last rm command gt redo gt redo redo last rm temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command can be abbreviated to a comma as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line Hpmodify Keys Reference Here are the MPE style REDO sub commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool INSERT If text follows the i this text is insert
73. stexport Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Soutput invdata Sexit format and stop 208 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Floating Command FL Specify the format and the number of decimal places for floating point fields FLOATING DEFAULT FIXED decimal places SCIENTIFIC decimal places FLOATING DEFAULT FIXED decimal places SCIENTIFIC decimal places Default Default By default STExport formats floating point fields into either a fixed number or into scientific notation Which notation STExport chooses depends on the value of each field in each input record You can force STExport to choose either scientific or fixed notation and the number of decimal places for all floating point numbers You cannot specify these options for a specific field or make them different for 32 bit versus 64 bit floating point numbers Fixed Format Use Floating Fixed to force all floating point numbers to appear in a fixed format You specify the maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal point If you specify Floating Fixed STExport does not remove trailing zeros from the formatted numbers If you specify Columns Fixed all floating point values will be aligned along the decimal point Scientific Format Use Floating Scientific to force all floating point numbers to appear in scientific notation You must specify the number of digits to the right of the decimal point The Scientific option
74. the length of the item Examples Suppose that you wanted to look for several part numbers You could use the following If command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 171 gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 You could also load a table with the part numbers gt table part table part item 12345 gt table part table part item 67890 gt table part table part item 39201 gt table part table part item 92308 gt table part table part item 14892 and use a different If command gt if lookup part table part Sometimes you need to look for all records that do not have any of a set of values gt if part lt gt 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 You would use the same Table commands but a slightly different If command gt if not Slookup part table part Values with Decimal Places If the itemname for the table has implied decimal places the Table command accepts decimal points and scales input values For example gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt table cost table cost item 10 10 5 10 75 gt if Slookup cost table cost gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeg Adding Values from a File You may need to look for hundreds of part numbers The Table command accepts the table values from a file The file must contain lookup values in exactly the same format as the itemname which describes the data Dup
75. the same example the Define command could not be used to treat the first six the Data Conversion section digits of the ten digit ASCII field as Integer Packed Real or any other numeric data of the Extract command for format If the input record contains ASCII digits Define cannot change them to details another data type It may be helpful to think of the Suprtool Define command as similar to a COBOL REDEFINES clause or a FORTRAN EQUIVALENCE statement Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands 73 Delete Command DEL 74 e Suprtool Commands Deletes all entries selected from the input Eloquence dataset DELETE DELETE Delete has no parameters and can be entered only after the source of input records has been specified using Get or Chain Delete causes Suprtool to delete the input records after they have been read either all of the input records or a subset defined by the If command Delete is not supported for SQL or disc files only for Eloquence datasets Examples gt comment Delete and sort old transactions write to file gt base store gt get d sales dataset to delete from gt if purch date lt 980101 select which records to delete gt delete ask for deletion gt sort cust account sort by account and sort gt sort purch date by date gt output oldsales output file with deleted and sorted records gt exit Losing Records Delete can be combined with other operations s
76. ti 56 Analyzing Performance Data ccccccesccesseeseceseceeecaeeeseeseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeresreneenseenaees 56 Performance Summary iii is 57 Suprtool Commands 59 General Notes miii Ad biases 59 ADbDre Vi atti n sccesse ceccsceesce ds Dedeerte tada 59 Uppercase or Lowercase vic iia ade 59 Multiple Commands per Line cceccececsseesceesceeeceeeceseeesecescnsecesecesecsaecnaeceecaeeeseeees 59 Continuation ii aces 60 Comments on Command Lines ccceccesseesseeseeeeceeeeeesceseceseeeseceaeceecaeeeaeeeaeeneeeneeees 60 HP UX Commands iii des 60 Callao A e das 61 Control Y Titeres 61 Add Command Add litio tata cs dae bata cas 62 Examples A RO aie RL ee eS 62 Base Command BA hn rnn ss a aot Sas cas esa Seascape 63 Before Command Bl a titi Cate beau hostesses 65 Chain Comm El a bit 67 Define Command D hrane A A AE ees 69 Delete Command DEL a A a 74 Do Command IDO li A O Se cS 76 Duplicate Command DU scence hath ae ee A a 77 EditCommand ED ad onde tush ode Rodeos aaa Ree ones ashe 81 Exit Command Eladio ea os ace acs beth E Bade ee age E T doc aS 82 Export Command EXP Tri ad 84 Extract Command EXT ds cidn 85 CONS T 85 Di o E e ES 87 Range od ii 89 Numeric Expressions o hee hn tan E EA ries 90 String EXpressions oiic anna atin anise BORGIR ORG arias Raa aaa 92 Data Conversions 0300s AanG earn Ge nade doe ae en ann ee LR eae 94 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Forti Command sy Eli ie E Soon
77. to produce the desired result Obviously Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records from the customer table and put them in a disc file And Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file What does Suprlink do If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program Input Files Only one file can have repeated records that pass through to the final file This file is called the primary Input file If any of the Link files contain duplicate records Suprlink will select one of them to link to the primary record s The Suprlink Output file will have no more records than the Input file The Input file and Link files are created with the Output xxx Link option in Suprtool These files must be sorted by the same key field in ascending order Link Files You can have up to seven Link files that are combined with the Input file Suprlink merges the Input file and Link files by comparing the key fields of both files you can optionally specify a secondary key The default is for Suprlink to exclude any Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 251 Output Files Sort Keys Selection Logic A Link Example 252 e Introduction to Suprlink Input records that
78. use the Define command to isolate the field Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool 13 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Before Suprtool can use a date field it has to know the format of a particular date field Use the Item command to specify the format For example to tell Suprtool that the item purch_date is a date field with a format of yyyymmdd e g 20010319 you would use gt define purch_date 11 8 8 bytes starts in byte 11 gt item purch date date yyyymmdd date format In the following date examples we show the Define and Item commands in each example In practice however you only need to use these commands once per date field not once per task Select by Today s Date For this example select all the sales records whose purchase date is today Note the use of today in the If command to indicate today s date gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date today select today s date gt output result gt xeq Other tricks with today Sit purch date today 1 yesterday gt if purch date today 1 tomorrow Select by Particular Date To specify a particular date use the date function in the If command The date function has the form date year month day This example selects all the sales transactions for August 12 2000 gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch_date date y
79. use the value of Set Date Cutoff when converting the date For example gt get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeg In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied What does Set Date ForceCentury do Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 47 gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off What If Have Two Digit Years If you have dates with two digit years there are two main solutions to making your application ready for the Year 2000 1 Convert all of your date data to use four digit years and modify your programs to process four digit years or 2 Assume that certain dates are in the twentieth century and some in the twenty first this is usually called date windowing The first solution requires that you change all Suprtool Item commands for two digit years to a four digit year forma
80. with the If command and the fields for the report with the Extract command Reports can include running headings with the date title and page number and an optional line of column headings Suprtool can produce default titles and headings gt select from customer gt extract cust account gt extract credit rating gt list standard gt xeq The output would look like this Jan 17 2000 11 59 CUST_ACCO CREDIT RATING 4598921 5000 00 44657844 20000 00 98753198 3000 00 Your First Report Our report selects all customers in California sorts the records by city and reports on the city account number and name of each California customer Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 23 gt select from customer input table gt if state CA California customers gt sort city sort by city name gt extract city city first on each line gt extract cust_account followed by account gt extract name first and first name gt extract name_last and finally last name gt list standard produce a quick report gt xeq These commands produce a report with four columns The title consists of the date and page number The column headings are the name of each column that we extracted Column Headings Column headings default to uppercase field names The names are truncated if they are longer than the field itself One space is inserted between fields Suprtool does not automatically align user specified headi
81. you specify a compound item the attribute applies to all elements of the compound item gt item monthly totals decimal 2 12 occurrences gt if monthly totals 5 gt 1000 00 You cannot apply an attribute to only one sub item of a compound item gt item monthly totals 5 decimal 2 Error Missing attribute for the Item Command When to Specify the Item Command The Item command affects almost all other Suprtool commands It should be used as follows Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool e For databases specify it immediately after the Select command but before any Extract or If commands e For disc files it is best to specify the Define and Item commands immediately after the Input command Usefiles You can use a usefile as a mini data dictionary for Suprtool For databases it is a good idea to put all the Item commands associated with a database into a usefile After the Base command has been specified the usefile can describe the items in the database to Suprtool For disc files you can put both the Define and Item commands in a usefile and execute them right after specifying the file with the Input command If you use the Link output option both date formats and implied decimal places are saved in the self describing file so they never need to be specified again base store use store usefile Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 127 Key Command K 128 e Suprtool Commands Specifies the next s
82. your HP UX machine you should specify the NOLF option and be sure to use a binary mode transfer If you are using DSCOPY with its default options to copy the data file you should specify the LF option Examples The following section contains examples of creating an SD file on MPE converting the SD information and finally copying the two files to an HP UX machine First create an SD file with run suprtool pub robelle gt base store 5 Database password gt get d inventory gt out dinv link gt exit Now you can convert the label information to an sd file using the SDUnix utility Note that the data file is the first file passed in the info string Specify LF if you are using DSCOPY run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd 1f Now you can use DSCOPY to copy the files to the HP UX machine dscopy dinv to store dinv dopey data password dscopy dinvsd to store dinv sd dopey data password Specify NOLF if you are using FTP 40 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool binary exitonerror put dinv users data store dinv put dinvsd users data store dinv sd quit Now you can use Suprtool UX to read the SD file suprtool gt input store dinv gt form File store dinv SD Version B 00 00 No line feeds Entry Offset BIN NO Ed LAST SHIP DATE 12 ON HAND QTY EZ PRODUCT NO Z8 SUPPLIER NO Z8 UNIT COST P8 TEM DESC X20 ITEM DESC2 TEM DESC3 X20 TEM DESC4 X
83. 00 2000 Means Range of Fields Backslash in the Extract command means a range of fields gt extract account rating 292 e Glossary of Terms Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Index means string 291 for HP UX commands 291 for O S commands 291 means string 291 closed tables 171 as the Dbedit prompt character 290 matches number 290 means every n th record 100 121 290 abs function 92 109 atoe Extract function 95 date function 88 113 days 115 days function 88 etoa Extract function 95 file Total command 175 invalid 50 114 lookup function 105 lower 94 112 ltrim 94 112 null file 131 145 146 read function 118 rtrim 94 112 signed function 94 stddate 88 114 stdinx file 288 stdlist file 140 288 today function 87 114 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual trim 94 112 truncate function 92 109 upper 93 112 means percentage 291 amp amp continuation character 259 290 amp means escape pattern 290 means start parameter 291 means end parameter 291 means stdinx stdlist file command 288 file name 33 means a list 291 I means range of records 100 121 292 for O S commands 290 for shell commands 30 Y prompt for database password 63 means alphanumeric pattern 290 a matches anything 290 means range of fields 89 A A means character constant 87 106
84. 1 Output Num Data option 141 Output Num Key option 141 Output Num Query option 142 Output PRN option 143 Output Query option 141 overpunches not used 106 P packed constants 86 packed fields maintaining the sign 94 packed decimal fields 71 packed decimal illegal digits 254 page headings in List 133 Paradox 44 parentheses 104 291 Parm 64 in Suprlink 249 password in batch 63 password parameter 63 146 password upshifted 63 path default for Suprtool 28 paths IMAGE detail datasets 67 pattern matching 111 164 289 290 pausing for user 180 PC files 43 143 PCL option Set List 132 162 percent sign 286 291 performance of STExport 194 Perl script 219 Permanent redo 166 228 276 Persistent redo 166 228 276 personal computers 43 PHdate option Item command 124 positive value 94 PowerHouse 44 PowerHouse applications 44 PowerHouse dates 124 PowerHouse subfiles 45 255 273 preformatted HTML option 214 Printdoc 190 246 Printer Command Language 162 printer attached to terminal 136 printing manuals 190 246 printing reports 23 PRN option 43 143 processing selections 35 progress messages 165 prompt character 289 Prompt Set option 166 prompting using Quiz 46 Prose program 190 246 pseudo batch tasks 285 Put command 146 163 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Q Q command 147 Qedit program 43 65 199 Qedit program and Suprlink 262 265 Qhelp 102 213 268 QTP 256 QTP for subfile 45
85. 2 packed s9 2 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last digit is unused gt define p 1 6 packed s9 11 COMP 3 P12 in IMAGE 6 bytes 3 words 11 digits Data Type Warning The Define command accepts field definitions of any combination of byte length and data type However many combinations have limited usefulness in Suprtool In these cases Suprtool prints a warning For example gt def field 1 1 integer Warning Length of 1 is of limited use for the data type INTEGER Examples The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Define command a 11 4 double J2 or 12 S9 9 COMP b 21 2 int J1 or I1 S9 4 COMP e 21 8 character string f address 5 fifth occurrence of address g address 5 3 4 relative offset h address 5 4 2 byte middle of the address i x 6 4 starts at sixth byte of X j invoice 6 byte redefine field as Byte Absolute Example The following example shows the most basic use of the Define command to create a new field definition at an absolute location in the input record Suprtool Commands e 71 amt is an integer that starts at the 11th byte of file gt def amt 11 2 int gt if amt gt 1000 amt is now a field we can select on gt output outfile Absolute Example with Subcount IMAGE and Suprtool allow fields to be repeated In the next example we define an amount field that repeats twelve times e g once for
86. 20 Entry Length 110 Blocking 1 gt out dinvfile gt xeq Link vs Query SDUnix and Suprtool UX can recognize files created with the Query option and from Query However they cannot recognize compound item details or any Item attributes such as Decimal or Date type Suprtool and Self Describing Files Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool A problem with data files is that there is no field information Self describing files solve this problem by providing field information about the file Suprtool reads and writes SD files Suprlink requires SD files as input and creates an SD file as output Create an SD File from a Table You request an SD file using the Link option of the Output command If you extract columns from the table only the extracted columns appear in the SD file gt select from sales input from a table gt output salefile link salefile has all of the columns from sales gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File You must Define and Extract the fields you want to have in the SD file Use the Link option of the Output command to create the file as a self describing file Although Suprtool itself allows longer field names SD files only store the first 16 characters of a field name Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 41 gt input sales data reclen 16 nolf input from a data file gt define cust_no 1 6 byte gt define invoice date 7 6 integer gt define sales qty 13 4 packed gt extract cus
87. 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in STExport HELP command keyword section HELP command keyword section Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific STExport command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name Shelp sign help on the Sign command Shelp sign trailing trailing section of the Sign command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to STExport and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword Shelp intro input input section of Introduction Quick Help HQ HQ asks STExport to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the STExport Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command Shq input quick description of Input Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help stexport The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help t
88. 51 input key fields 222 269 input from Stdlist 33 input line feeds 32 installing STExport 190 installing Suprlink 246 Interactive Set 160 interrupt 198 260 introduction to STExport 193 introduction to Suprlink 251 invalid dates 50 114 203 ISO 8859 1 characters HTML output 215 Item command 122 160 178 J Julian dates 125 Julian day number 88 JulianDay data format 124 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual K Key command 128 key fields input file 222 269 key fields link file 270 Key option 141 keys 252 Korn shell 27 KSAM files 120 KSAM order of sort 43 L labelled tapes 161 landscape output 162 LaserJet 132 162 leading sign 231 less than lt 289 limits within Suprlink 283 Limits Set 161 line feeds 32 144 224 Link command 130 249 270 Link file maximum block size 283 Link file maximum fields 283 Link file maximum number of 283 Link file maximum record length 283 link key fields 270 Link option 141 linking files 251 list clears screen 133 List command 131 list device 135 List Char option 131 List Column Headings 135 List Date default 162 List Date option 134 List Decimal option 131 List Duplex option 133 List Heading option 135 List Hex option 131 List Leftjustnum option 132 List Noname option 132 List Norec option 132 List Noskip option 132 List Octal option 131 List Oneperline option 132 List Record option 136 List Rightjustnum o
89. C 10 2222 25 2222 25 2222 35 3333 48 3333 48 Only The Only option is the exact opposite of None Only selects all output records that would not be written by the None option When the Only option finds a record that duplicates a record already in the set it writes that duplicate to the output file Note that the first record is not written to the output file Here are two examples gt key 1 4 gt duplicate only keys Input Output Output 1111 2222 35 2222 35 2222 2222 42 2222 3333 Record Suprtool has two methods for comparing output records Record and Keys The Record option compares the entire output record This option can be specified without a sort but in that case the input file must already be sorted Note that there Suprtool Commands e 77 are two data fields in the records in the following example so that a comparison of the entire record yields no duplicates gt duplicate none record Input Output 1111 10 1111 10 2222 29 2222 28 2222 35 2222 35 3333 48 3333 48 Keys The Keys option compares only the sort keys to determine whether an output record is a duplicate This option requires that at least one sort key be specified gt sort agent sort by agent gt duplicate none keys gt output agents create roster of agents The Keys Num option determines the level at which Suprtool compares sort keys This option controls which duplicate records get included in or excluded from the out
90. Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd on page 52 for more specific details on converting two digit year date formats into four digit year date formats Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 49 aammdd Date Format The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in the MM3000 product This format is only available for the X6 data type The aammdd format is similar to yymmdd but the year portion of the date use a combination of numbers and letters of the alphabet to represent years beyond 1999 By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence we can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two digit year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Invalid Dates The If command has a invalid function to find all invalid dates for a particular field An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar For example a date with a month of 99 will be considered invalid gt base store demo Database password gt get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link
91. D and OR operators After the equals or not equals sign list the alternate values separated by commas The OR operator is equal sign Instead of IF A 5 OR A 6 OR A 7 use IF A 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is equal to 5 6 or 7 The AND operator is lt gt Instead of IF A lt gt 5 AND A lt gt 6 AND A lt gt 7 use IF A lt gt 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is anything but 5 6 or 7 gt if field 5 6 7 gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 gt if delivered lt gt 981231 990101 This method works well if you are searching for a small number of values Use the lookup function to check a data field for many test values IF LOOKUP tablename fieldname The lookup function returns TRUE if the specified field name contains a value from the specified table You can also look for values that are not in a table IF NOT LOOKUP tablename fieldname See the Table command for a complete description of how to combine tables and the lookup function Note Suprtool s Table command is not related to tables in databases lookup parameter function tablename The name of a table specified in the Table command fieldname A field from the input record This field must be exactly the same length as the item used in the Table command Performance of Lookup The lookup function can be quite slow when you are searching huge tables Because the If command uses short circuit evaluation lookup
92. Details STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the Record string Example You can enter multiple XML commands per task to set the XML options you require Sin filelsd xml version xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 Sxml file Orders record Details Sout myfile An example of the output generated by the above commands is as follows lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt Orders gt lt Details gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt Details gt lt Orders gt Tags In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character to be something else with the following set command Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 237 Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with th
93. FF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET USERLABELS ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET VARSUB ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET WARNINGS ONJOFF ET ALLBASE ROWS number ET ARITHMETIC CLASSIC IEEE has no effect in uprtool UX ET BASECLOSE ON OFF not supported in Suprtool UX ET BLOCKSIZE size has no effect in Suprtool UX ET BUFFER size ET DATE CUTOFF number ET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF ET DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF ET DATE MAPTOPHDATE8 ON OFF uk DEFER ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX ET DUMPONERROR ON OFF T EOFREAD ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX ET FILECODE number not supported in Suprtool UX ET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename ET FIRSTREC 0 1 has no effect in Suprtool UX ET HINTS ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX ET IFCHECK ON OFF ET IGNORE ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX ET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF ET INTERACTIVE ON OFF ET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF has no effect in uprtool UX 154 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool SET LIMITS Mpe ON OFF ReadOnly ON OFF Tablesize size SET IST DATE number SET IST PEL MRIZI tAr SET IST TIME number SET OCK number has no effect in Suprtool UX SET NLS number SET OPENMODE number has no effect in Suprtool UX SET ORACLE ROWS number SET PATTERN NEW OLD SET PREFETCH
94. FIELD D PROMPT pic 200000 skip output OUTFILE skip xeq set nohead set report device disc name STCO set page length 0 go M VOVA NOSE NOME NEM N Quiz edits the user s input for a valid date Note that there is no ACCESS statement but Quiz still writes one record to the output file Execute the resulting commands as a Suprtool usefile Ssuprtool lt STCODE Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool For this discussion we ll ignore the fact that the twenty first century really only started in 2001 Suprtool often has to process dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries If you include the century in your dates Suprtool should behave as most users expect If you do not include the century in your dates how Suprtool behaves will be dependent on your specific application and data What If Have Four Digit Years If your dates have four digit years Suprtool should work as expected Selection based on the today or date features will select dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries Dates that do not collate correctly e g mmddccyy will not be accepted by Suprtool s If command for relative selection e g lt lt gt or gt If 46 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool you have these date formats you can use the stddate function converts any date format to a ccyymmdd type date Suprtool as it has a
95. Form command without parameters shows the tables in the SQL database Form Keywords The Form command shows items paths and sets before it searches for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths paths is the name of a dataset Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 99 Get Command G Numrecs is another way to select only a few records 100 e Suprtool Commands Selects an Eloquence dataset from a previously opened Base as the input source for the next extract You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task Get always reads the dataset serially GET setname startrecord endrecord count GET setname startrecord endrecord count Default all records Dataset Input The first example shows the most common use of the Get command An input dataset is specified as input to Suprtool We select a subset of the entire input dataset using the If command gt base store gt get d inventory serially read dataset gt if unit cost lt 10000 the UNIT COST field is gt output outl automatically defined by Get gt xeq Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter permits selection of input records on the basis of the Eloquence record numbers These numbers always start w
96. HP UX Suprtool Form Command F The Form command displays information about an Eloquence or SQL database or the current Select command or the fields in a self describing file The Form command is similar to the Form command of QUERY on the HP e3000 FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default depends The Form command displays the structure of a database dataset table or self describing file When showing the form of an Eloquence dataset or a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal places with the Item command these attributes appear as part of the form listing Dataset List gt ba sample gt form sets Database SAMPLE Set Item Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count Capacity Count Factor Length B F CUSTOMERS i MDX 10 1355 1177 87 112 0 PARTS 2 MDX 10 524 35 53 ID 3 MDX 2259 ORDERS 4 DDX 1008 LINEITEMS 5 DDX 1008 0 0 0 0 Suprtool shows the type of each dataset e g M for Manual master A for Automatic master D for Detail If you have enabled dynamic dataset expansion Suprtool adds DX to the type of the dataset e g MDX DDX Detail Datasets If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool
97. Introduction to Suprlink exactly matches the record layout of Suprlink s output file Remember that Suprlink will drop the common key fields from the link files Step 1 Create the Subfile with QTP Before running Suprlink you create an empty subfile with QTP rm invcust Satp gt access d_invoice link custnum to amp gt custnum of m_customer gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go The subfile must contain all of the fields that Suprlink will produce in the output file with the same attributes data type and length and in the same order Use the Include option of QTP s Subfile command to define each of the fields in the correct order The numrecs parameter must be replaced with the number of records that will be created by the Suprlink run The default numrecs is 1023 when the input limit is set to 0 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprlink Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of Suprlink s Output command to load the file This will overwrite any data in the subfile but it will not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary in the user labels tinput invoices created by Suprtool link customer sorted by custnum toutput invcust erase created by QTP texit Step 3 Report with Quiz The INVCUST file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file
98. NTURY ON OFF DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF DATE MAPTOPHDATES8 ON OFF DEFER ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX DUMPONERROR ON OFF EOFREAD ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX FILECODE number not supported in Suprtool UX FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename FIRSTREC 0 1 has no effect in Suprtool UX HINTS ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX IFCHECK ON OFF IGNORE ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF INTERACTIVE ON OFF LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ONJOFF has no effect in LIMITS Mpe ON OFF ReadOnly ON OFF Tablesize size LIST DATE number LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 LIST TIME number LOCK number has no effect in Suprtool UX NLS number OPENMODE number has no effect in Suprtool UX ORACLE ROWS number not supported in Suprtool MPE PATTERN NEW OLD PREFETCH number not supported in Suprtool UX PRIVMODE ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool Commands e 153 EN U n SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number SET PROMPT character SET RECOVER ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET REDO filename SET SORTFAST ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET SQUEEZE ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET STATISTICS ONJOFF SET SUBSYSTEM ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET SUSPEND ONJO
99. Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 272 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Output Command O Specify the name of the output file OUTPUT filename ERASE DATA LINK OUTPUT filename ERASE DATA LINK By default the name of the output file is Output The output file is a self describing file containing data extracted from the input file and the Link files Use the Data option to make the output file a standard disc file without a corresponding sd file There are two different types of self describing files The first type is created with Suprtool s Output Query option A superior form of self describing file is produced with Suprtool s Output Link option Suprlink creates the output self describing file in the same format as the input file We recommend that you use the same type of self describing file for all input and link files Output Record Format The record structure is determined by Suprlink but is relatively easy to anticipate Suprlink starts with all of the fields of the input file in order For each Link file it appends the fields of the Link file to the Output record in order Suprlink drops the key fields from the Link records since they always contain duplicated data If a
100. Places The decimal attribute is the number of implied decimal places in an item The minimum number of implied decimal places is 0 The maximum is based on the data type of the item Data Type Maximum Implied Decimal Places Il 5 12 10 13 15 14 19 Kl 5 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 125 126 e Suprtool Commands K2 10 Pn n 1 Zn n You cannot specify implied decimal places for byte char or IEEE type items Once you define a decimal place almost every command in Suprtool is affected Suprtool accepts numeric values with decimal points or scales integers according to the number of implied decimal places e g specify two implied decimal places then enter 1 000 to represent 1 000 00 All formatting commands format fields with a decimal point when appropriate Constant Values When specifying numeric constants for a field with implied decimal places there are different formats that you can use For example assume that we use the Item command to specify two implied decimal places for an amount field The following are examples of constant values for this item Constant Interpretation 0 zero value padded as necessary 1 1 00 0 01 0 01 01 also acceptable for 0 01 Notes SQL Columns You must redefine any SQL columns before you can use the Item command gt sel from emp gt def salary sal gt item salary decimal 3 correct scale gt if salary gt 15 275 Compound Items When
101. S option Set command 164 no quotes 225 NOLF 144 nonprinting characters 106 Index e 297 non SD Files and duplicate 79 not equal to lt gt 289 NOT operator 104 null values 106 Num option 141 Num Data option 141 Num Key option 141 Num Query option 142 number sign in patterns 290 numeric bytes Suprtool 108 numeric constants 106 numeric expressions 90 107 numeric justification 132 numeric string test 111 numeric truncation 109 Numrecs command 138 O O S commands 60 oc option 30 offset parameter 70 Open command 139 optional command name 129 optional Link option 271 OR operator 104 Oracle applications 37 Oracle database 139 Oracle data types 37 Oracle date format 125 Oracle dates 202 Oracle Number Conversion 38 Oracle performance 56 out of disc space 138 outcount default file name 30 outcount Set Filename 31 output choices 35 Output command 140 224 273 output file format 201 output file name duplicated 285 output file maximum fields 284 output file maximum record length 243 284 output file Suprlink 252 output filecode 159 output format 239 output limits with Count and Total 80 output record format 281 Output Append option 140 Output ASCII option 23 142 Output ASK option 142 Output Data option 141 224 273 Output Display option 142 output duplicate file 32 Output Erase option 140 Output Key option 141 Output Link option 141 298 e Index Output Num option 14
102. Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual by Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Program and manual copyright 1981 2002 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given Qedit and Suprtool are trademarks of Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Oracle is a trademark of Oracle Corporation Redwood City California USA Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners JA robelle solutions technology Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suite 372 13711 72nd Ave Surrey B C Canada V3W 2P2 Phone 604 582 1700 Fax 604 582 1799 Support 800 453 8970 E mail solutions robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com Contents Welcome to Suprtool 1 Introduction ee HAR Ain ROR ek ee haan ane 1 Suprtool Component BAR Rose Baa Hawt E e E 1 STEXport Data Export Utility muaa 1 Suprlink Multidataset ACCOSS ccccccessessseessessceseeeescesecesecesecaecsaecsaecaeecaeeeseeaeeeseeeaes 2 DOcuMeitatlons ni dad adi 2 User Manuals a Adria 3 Change Notice di 3 Printed Documentation seisis serieren iiinis eann eiei iee niee ioei 3 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format oooococononcnonononcnnnnonnonnnnnnonnnonnnonncnnnno nono 3 CD or Web Download ccccescceseesseeseeeseeeseeseeeccesecnseesecnaecnaecaaecaeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeereeerens 3 A n REALE AR 3 Software Updates de
103. Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL UNN LISTREDO start 7 step 1 1 154851 0Ur 1te string REL ALL UNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can display the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo listredo listredo print all Help commands listredo print last ten commands listredo print entire redo stack listredo print all rm commands listredo print all rm xx commands listredo print all with rm anywhere listredo print ALL relative numbers Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not supported in Suprtool UX Notes The Listredo command can be abbreviated to BJ as in Qedit or to comma comma as in MPEX You cannot use a semi colon to combine commands on the same line Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to spec
104. Suprtool commands is used to separate parameters gt base actrec data 3 open the database exclusively gt key 1 4 double specify a double integer key gt if acct 764523 456732 98765 Commas are optional in some Suprtool commands e g Output but are required in others e g Extract is the abbreviation for the Redo command 1s the abbreviation for the Do command is the abbreviation for the Listredo command or Means String Quotes or are the string delimiters in Suprtool IF NAME BOB Strings that start with must end with gt if name BOB is the string delimiter here Means Start Parameter Left parenthesis is used to specify a subscript see subscript below or to select a specific range of input record numbers Left parenthesis always comes with a right parenthesis gt input actrec data 10 20 choose records 10 through 20 gt total budget 2 total second repeated field Means End Parameter Right parenthesis is used to complete a subscript or a selected range of record numbers Right parenthesis always comes with left parenthesis Means Percentage In the Numrecs command use to indicate the number of output records as a percentage of the input file size Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 291 gt numrecs 10 I Means Range of Records Slash in the Input and Get commands means a range of record numbers gt input cat dog mouse 10
105. TExport identifies are Byte Type STExport assumes that character information is stored in byte type fields By default all byte type fields are surrounded by quotes and trailing spaces are removed Numeric Type The numeric data types are integer logical floating point packed and display STExport converts the internal representation of each data type into a string of ASCII digits By default all numeric type fields have a leading sign and are variable length Where appropriate numeric type fields are converted with a decimal point Floating Type All commands that affect numeric type fields also affect floating type Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport e 193 fields In addition you can use the Floating command to specify the format and decimal places for floating type fields 1 e Classic or IEEE floating point numbers Date Type Ifa field has a date format STExport does extra formatting By default dates are formatted into yyyymmdd e g 20001125 Formatting Commands Use the following table to determine which command applies to which data type Commands Command Data Type Date date type Floating floating type Quote byte type Sign numeric type Spaces byte type Zero numeric type Many of STExport s commands such as the formatting commands above once set will retain their settings between tasks Several other non format
106. TH or you can copy the man pages to a directory that is currently on your MANPATH Bourne and Korn Shells See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the Bourne and Korn shells The easiest way to change the two PATHs for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc profile after any existing PATH or MANPATH statements PATH SPATH opt robelle bin MANPATH SMANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in etc d profile so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn existing Bourne and Korn shell users to change the profile file in their home directories C Shell See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the C shell The easiest way to change the two PATHs for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc csh login after any existing PATH or MANPATH statements set path path opt robelle bin setenv MANPATH SMANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in both etc d login and etc d cshre so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn existing C shell users to change their login and cshrc files in their home directories 28 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Control Ch
107. The size of the display field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool 142 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool 11 J1 5 bytes 12 J2 10 bytes 13 J3 15 bytes 14 J4 19 bytes Kl 5 bytes K2 10 bytes Pn n 1 bytes P n n 2 bytes The last digit of the number is replaced with a letter corresponding to positive or negative values See the following table Units Digit Positive Negative No Sign VD 0 DN A WN ho Sg MS Ww ps Be HO Be AAA VD 0 IQ U1 hu Dn KF O Positive values for I and J type fields are converted into neutral 1 e no sign display values The sign is preserved when converting packed fields to display DISPLAY is not supported for Real or IEEE fields Byte fields are not affected by this option Display fields in the input record are not converted into display PRN Many PC software packages import PRN files these files are also called delimited in some PC documentation A PRN file has quotes around character fields and a comma between each field Binary values are output in ASCH with an optional leading sign Not all applications accept PRN files for more precise conversion of data use STExport PRN converts each input field to a fixed width output field filling with trailing spaces where necessary All binary values are converted into their equivalent ASCII value left justified in their fields The sign precedes the ASCII value
108. X Suprtool Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz The first step is to use Quiz to extract one entry from the Custmast file and write it to a PowerHouse subfile Note that you could also use QTP to build the subfile Srm cmasfile sf Srm cmasfile sfd Squiz gt access custmast gt report summary all gt set subfile name cmasfile keep gt set report limit 1 gt go This creates 2 files Cmasfile sf containing the extracted data and Cmasfile sfd containing the PowerHouse record definition for the data portion of the subfile We use Suprtool to reload the Cmasfile sf file with all the records required for the final report Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of the Output command in Suprtool to load the file This overwrites any data in the data portion of the subfile but it does not affect the dictionary for that file Ssuprtool gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit limit gt 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sd erase gt exit Step 3 Report with Quiz The Cmasfile sf file now contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz can access the file because the Cmasfile sfd containsthe record definition You can now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access cmasfile gt report gt go Using QTP to Create Subfiles You can also use QTP instead of Quiz to create the PowerHouse subfile rm cmasfile sf rm
109. Y gt An print lt HTML gt n CGI Script The CGI script can be invoked explicitly when you type the URL in your browser http www mycompany com cgi bin sx orders pl The script is executed either from an input form lt FORM METHOD POST ACTION cgi bin sx orders pl gt or invoked through a link in a regular Web page Just click lt a href cgi bin sx orders pl gt run script lt a gt 220 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual If you enter the URL choose the submit button on a form or click on a link the server will start execution of the Perl script In turn Perl will run the shell script Suprtool and STExport will finally be executed A status code and a file name will be returned to Perl It will print either an error page or the extracted information depending on the status code There is a lot more you can do with CGI scripting and Suprtool You could pass parameters to extract information out of different tables in Oracle and Allbase or specify the sort sequence and the selection criteria Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 221 Input Command I Specifies the primary input file INPUT filename INPUT Filename There can be only one Input file per task The Input file must be a self describing file which should be created by Suprtool using the Output Query or Output Link option If you want STExport to format date fields and implied decimal p
110. a database column name or a field from a self describing file or a Defined field Total specifies that a total value for the field be printed after processing the records There does not have to be any output file i e it can be null for a total to be printed There can be up to 15 totaled fields The subscript is valid only for compound items If no subscript is specified the first field of a compound item is totaled The decimal places provides a decimal point when the final total is printed If the Item command specifies the number of implied decimal places the decimal places parameter is not needed The values within each field are assumed to be aligned File Options Writing totals to a file is not supported in Suprtool UX Examples The first example prints the totals for a single field gt in filel r 40 nolf gt def amount 1 5 gt total amount TUE OCT 10 2000 4 30 PM 611105 The next example is identical to the previous one except that we qualify the total with the number of decimal places gt in filel r40 nolf gt total amount 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 31 PM AMOUNT 6111 05 The previous example specified the number of decimal places by using the Total command The next example is the preferred way to specify decimal places because it qualifies the balance field with two decimal places for all Suprtool commands This example also totals two fields Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtoo
111. abase Allbase rows 156 SQL database inserting records 62 SQL database Select command 152 SQL database specifying 139 SQL database structure 98 SRN Chronos date 125 startrecord parameter 100 121 Statistics Set option 167 229 277 stddate function 88 114 Stdlist input from 33 STExport 1 84 143 string constants 106 291 string conversion 92 string expressions 110 string of digits 13 string replacement Hpmodify 149 string truncation 93 string as a delimiter 205 string heading command 211 strings 287 stty 29 subfile script 45 subfiles PowerHouse 45 255 subscript parameter 85 175 288 subscript parameter character 107 subscript parameter Define 70 subscript parameter numeric 107 substrings 107 subtotals 21 78 Subtract Days 89 sum of field values 175 summary of STExport 193 summary of Suprlink 251 Super Cartridge 133 Suprhint Help Robelle 160 300 e Index Suprlink 2 141 Suprlink using from Suprtool 249 Suprmegr files 29 31 Suprtool in Suprlink 252 270 Suprtool package 1 Suspend option on Exit 207 265 T Table command 171 Table command decimal places 172 table HTML option 214 tables 288 tables in Chain command 67 tables holding between Xeqs 173 tables maximum size 161 tape files 120 task 9 35 terminology 246 third party indexing 188 time format in List 134 163 Time Set List 163 title HTML option 214 TMPDIR 56 TMPDIR variable 170 today function of Extract 87
112. acts are specified in one run all fields of the two Extract commands are used gt extract status balance account purchased is equivalent to gt extract status balance gt extract account purchased Constants Extracting Constants The value part of the Extract command is used to place a constant in each record of the output file In this case the field defines the type and length that the value occupies The value portion must match the type of the field String values will be extended with blanks to fill the entire field If the input data does not have a field of the correct size and type you can create one using the Define command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 85 gt ext account key value gt ext rating 0 place the value 0 in the rating field gt output out2 The total number of bytes that you can extract for all constants is 5 100 bytes for MPE 1X and HP UX and 1 275 bytes for MPE V Packed and Display Constants When extracting non negative packed and display constants Suprtool extracts them as unsigned unless you use a leading plus sign For the value zero you can use a leading plus or minus sign to get a positive or negative 0 field 1 6 packed field 1 unsigned 1 field 1 signed 1 field 0 positive 0 field 0 unsigned 0 field 0 negative 0 Decimal Places If a field has implied decimal places Suprtool scales the input values according to the number of decimal
113. ait 80 cols 60 lines 4 Lineprinter portrait 132 cols 80 lines 5 Courier A4 tight portrait 80 cols 60 lines 6 Lineprinter legal landscape 223 cols 60 lines Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool See the Set command for a complete description of the PCL options By default Suprtool assumes that the List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 If you use the List command to your terminal with a global Set List PCL value other than zero your terminal screen may be cleared To avoid this situation you can explicitly specify the PCL setting along with the device gt get d sales gt list serialp pcl 2 gt xeq A4 Size Paper Most of the PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper This is especially true with PCL 5 for A4 paper it reduces the horizontal spacing between characters so that 80 columns of Courier output fits on a single line In addition if you add 2000 to a PCL code Suprtool adjusts the number of rows and columns for that option to match A4 paper For example to print Landscape on A4 paper use PCL 2001 instead of PCL 1 In general selecting A4 paper gives you more space along the long side of the paper and less space along the short side If you are happy with the way letter size rows and columns work on A4 paper simply do not add 2000 to the PCL code Roman 8 vs ASCII The PCL option requests a Roman 8 character set
114. ame table keyword table values HOLD TABLE tablename itemname table keyword table values HOLD Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command and as input to the Chain command The table keywords are Item File and Sorted The total amount of table space is restricted by Set Limits Tablesize Use the following scheme to select input records based on many data values 1 Load a table with the values you are interested in 2 Use the lookup function of the If command to search the table 3 Or use the table with the Chain command to read a selected set of key values Adding Individual Values to a Table To add a value for an item to a table use TABLE tablename itemname ITEM value value TABLE tablename itemname ITEM value value When you start entering the values for a table you must enter all the values for that table before starting another table Once you switch to another table the previous table is closed and you cannot enter anymore values into it Parameters tablename Any identifier name up to sixteen characters long This name can be the same as the name of a Define field or database itemname but we recommend that you choose a unique name itemname An item from the database specified in the Base or Open command or a Define field This cannot be a real type item value A specific value that must match the type of the item String values are extended with blanks to
115. ami gt set does Suprtool s Set command gt Iset does HP UX s Set command Shell commands are executed by a child copy of your shell Child shells cannot change environment variables in the parent s environment To change the value of an environment variable you must first exit Suprtool Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Some file names are hardcoded into Suprtool This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprtool UX may need Suprtool will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprtool looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprtool you must set the ROBELLE variable export ROBELLE users robelle opt robelle suprmgr This is an optional file that is designed to contain configuration commands You cannot change this file name If you move Suprtool UX to a different directory you must set the ROBELLE variable so Suprtool may find this file For example if you move Suprtool to the users robelle directory you must set the ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle You can then put your suprmgr file in the users robelle directory lopt robelle help suprtool This is the name of the Suprtool UX Help file You can override this name by using Set Filename Help or set the ROBELLE variable as outlined previously set filename help
116. and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions String constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string abc is three characters long and the string a is one When assigning the string expression to the target field Suprtool pads the final string value with spaces to fill out the target field String expressions longer than the target field generate an error gt in testfile gt def a 1 10 byte gt ext a I m too long for this container Error String is too long for the specified item Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool String Truncation Suprtool produces an error if the string expression is longer than the target field You cannot override this error with Set Ignore On To help avoid the error you may want to trim the expression of trailing spaces before assigning it to the target field For example gt extract new field Strim a b c Upshifting Strings Upper Use the built in function Supper to upshift all the characters of a string expression into uppercase characters This function can be used to upshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are upshifted by Supper For example Suprtool Commands e 93 94 e Suprtool Commands
117. ands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help Command uses the QHELP subsystem to allow you to look at the material in the file opt robelle help suprtool which contains most of the user manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool If Command IF Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Specifies a subset of records to select from the input source during the next extract task The If command supports full logical expressions with comparisons between all data types between data fields and constant values or between one data field and another The If command also provides partial string compares bit field extracts subscripted IMAGE fields AND OR NOT operators and parentheses to override precedence You can use arithmetic expressions involving any numeric data types IF expression IF expression Note The examples below show multiple If commands These are for illustrative purposes only Suprtool does not permit multiple If commands in a single task Instead you can combine multiple conditions using AND and OR Alternatives to the If command There are a few selection criteria that the If command c
118. ands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Data Type Total Data Type IEEE E4 all others P28 Please see the P28 Fields section on how to define these fields in Cobol and PowerHouse programs Note that for byte fields there can be only digits in the field If there are other characters such as or then Suprtool reports an error You can use the Link output option to easily see the fields that Suprtool creates For repeated fields e g 612 the first subfield is subtotaled if you don t provide a subscript You can combine the Count and Total options but the Count option must appear before the Total option You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command gt key 1 4 gt def field 5 2 integer gt duplicate none keys total field Input Output LIT 10 FEEL de 10 2222 25 2222 2 60 25 35 60 2222 35 3333 4 48 3333 48 Deleting Duplicate Records There is no direct way to delete duplicate records Specifying both the Delete and Duplicate commands does not delete all duplicate output records This is because the Delete command occurs in the input phase as records are read and selected but the Duplicate command occurs in the output phase after the sort has taken place The Duplicate command is not part of the selection process it is the If command that determines what records are deleted A common mistake is to specify the Duplicate and Delete co
119. annot perform In these cases you need to use other Suprtool commands If you wish to select by record numbers use the record number options in the Input command If you wish to limit the number of records selected use the Numrecs command There Is No Else Clause The If command in Suprtool does not have an Else clause To select the records that do not match the If criteria use a second task with the same criteria negated by a NOT myfile this task is the If then expression filel myfile this task is the else not expression file2 Expressions An expression specifies the logical criteria that Suprtool uses to select records from the input source Simple Expressions The simplest expression is a single comparison between two fields e g A B or a field and a constant e g A XX field relation field field relation constant Fields A field can be a temporary Defined field or a field from a self describing file or an Eloquence field or a column from a database table Each field has a type see Key Suprtool Commands e 103 104 e Suprtool Commands Command K on page 128 for further details The constant must match the type of the field If the field has a byte type you must surround the constant with quotes gt if name name is byte Lf MARIE REIMER byt gt if rating gt 10000 rating is integer gt if balance arrears compare two fields Constants A constant is a value that matc
120. aode odo e dede 4 NE E a a CO RE E 4 NAAA E E A E T 4 NA T E AE SEEE 5 Eta SANKO O AE EE E o do T A E do OMe eee 5 Installing Suprtool 7 Who Needs To Use These Instructions c ccecceesseescessesseeeeceecesecesecesecaecseecaeeeneeeeeeeeeeereeeeees T Summary of Installation Steps ccecesccesececeeseeeseeeseeseeeeeceseeeeeeeeceeeeseeeseceseceaecsaecseeceeeeeeseeees 7 Step TE LOG Mas ROOK tii diria EAEEREN 7 Step 2 Create Robelle Directory 0 c cceeccescceseceseeesecseeeseeeseeeseeeeeseesseceseceseeeaecaecaeceeeeeeneeess 7 Step 3 Restore Flete 8 HREUXCTO O AO TO id 8 Step 4 Set the ROBELLE Varlable ooooooonccnoconocononononconnonncnoncnnncnnoco nono nnnnn e ieia 8 Bourne and Korn Shells coin ata 8 ESA a ALO Ia daa S 8 Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool 9 How to Run Suprtool A 9 What 18a Task arc tte ten lo variates secon bias dl ts tach alton eel Us tallest 3 9 Copying Files iia 10 Copying One File voca dice 10 Appendingto a Flo aid 10 Fieldsin Data Fl decide 10 What is a Self Describing File oo cccececsseesseesceseceeseeeeceeeceseceseceseceseceeceeeeeeneeses 10 Creating an SD Pile ninia edit 10 Define Fields ina Data File 2c cc cccccccecieecccecesscdenieccessecosdedeacvzee ste ceteeieesetveccvetseceades 10 Create an SD File from a Data File 0 ccc ccccccecsceescesseeeeceneceseceneceecseecaeeaeeneeeneeenes 11 Repeating Command ii ns 11 Repeating a Command cceccecccsseesseesceescesseeeeeec
121. aracter set Web pages must use the ISO 8859 1 character set The characters in the Roman 8 set are similar to but not identical with the ISO 8859 1 character set When formatting byte type fields STExport attempts to convert any Roman 8 input character into the corresponding ISO 8859 1 character Those characters that cannot be converted are dropped from the output The following characters cannot be converted Romana vae fame capital S Icelandic small S Icelandic capital Y umlaut Notes If you specify HTML Table STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters None If you specify HTML Preformatted STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters Space e Columns None In either case any changes cause STExport to print a warning to let you know that these options have changed If you do want quotes around byte type fields or delimiters between fields specify those options after selecting the HTML option Dynamic Web Pages The Common Gateway Interface CGI feature of your Web server allows you to execute custom programs or scripts and to dynamically generate then display Web pages These custom programs and scripts can be written in almost any programming Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 215 216 e STExport Commands language Perl is probably the most commonly used language but you could use C or C Applescript on Macintosh or Visual Basic Web Server First your Web server software must be
122. aracters and stty Most HP UX users have Control D configured as the end of file character and Control C as the interrupt character If you use Robelle style modify you must reassign Control D to a different control character If you are familiar with MPE you may want to assign Control Y as your interrupt character A standard shell configuration file profile for Bourne and Korn shells and login for the C shell usually contains a line like stty erase H kill U intr C eof D swtch 2 To change both the end of file and interrupt characters you should change the intr and eof control keys as follows stty erase H kill U intr y eof E swtch z Note that many programs require an end of file signal Many introductory books on UNIX assume that Control D signifies the end of file Once you have changed the control character remember to use Control E for the end of file at least Control E is easy to remember since end of file starts with the letter E Suprmgr Configuration Files When you run Suprtool it automatically uses this configuration files if it exists opt robelle suprmgr The system manager usually creates opt robelle suprmgr and puts Suprtool commands in it to set Suprtool options To check the options for your site examine this configuration file On Line vs Batch Access You normally run Suprtool as an on line session You type Suprtool commands on your terminal and Suprt
123. are a serially assigned number Use the offset parameter to define new fields that are relative to the start of the part number The file INVOICES is a self describing file gt in invoices part is 12 bytes gt def warehouse part 4 warehouse starts at part gt def bin part 5 4 bin is second four bytes gt def release part 9 4 release is the last four bytes gt if bin 100 use any field for selection Note that redefining the digits of a larger numeric field only works when the field is a character field type X U or A 72 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Relative Example Combining Subscripts and Offsets If we have ten part numbers combined into one field e g 10X12 we can still define a single field that corresponds to the bin number of one of the parts gt in invoices allparts is 10X12 gt def bin3 allparts 3 5 4 we are checking starting at the fifth byte gt if bin3 100 of the third part Notes The purpose of the Define command is to tell Suprtool to look at a portion of the input record in a certain way For example if the record contains ASCII digits in the first ten bytes Define could be used to assign a field definition to the first six bytes In this case the field must be defined as data type Byte Char or Display The Extract command may be The Define command cannot be used to convert data from one format to another used for data conversion See Using
124. as four types of fields that are associated with dates and times These fields are converted to byte type data and are returned with specific lengths The date and time fields are returned with the following byte lengths Data Type Length Date 10 Time 8 Datetime 23 Interval 8 Restrictions Suprtool cannot currently handle all Allbase database concepts The current restrictions are 1 Suprtool requires that the ownername be specified when selecting a particular table in the following manner gt select from purchdb orders In this example the owner is purchdb and the tablename is orders 2 Suprtool does not currently handle the Allbase date format You can convert the Allbase date format to something that Suprtool can handle with the TO_CHAR function in the Select statement For example gt select qty TO CHAR date YYYYMMDD from manufdb testdata gt def mydate date 1 8 redefine testdate gt item mydate date yyyymmdd define the date format gt if mydate lt Stoday 900 Suprtool and Oracle Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool You specify an Oracle database with the Open command You can open any Oracle database to which you normally have access If you cannot open your Oracle database check with your system or database administrator so that your environment can be set up properly Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select
125. atasets that will later be updated back to the database after a processing stage QUERY QUERY creates a self describing output file A self describing file is a data file plus an extra file which contains information about the structure of each record in the data file This extra file is created with the output file name plus the extension sd This sd file contains the name type length and offset of each field in the data file QUERY self describing files have no provision for repeated fields These fields appear with an unknown type in the sd file See the LINK option for a better self describing file format The QUERY option produces a file that is similar to the file produced by the SAVE command in the MPE QUERY program LINK The QUERY output option has some major drawbacks Compound fields are not handled date and decimal point information is not saved and sort information is not part of the file description The LINK option produces a self describing file that solves all these problems This option is the recommended way to generate files for Suprlink We are also encouraging third party software vendors to accept this format Suprtool Commands e 141 To convert a self describing file back into a non SD file simply purge the corresponding sd file NUM QUERY NUM QUERY creates output records in QUERY numbers format This is an undocumented feature of QUERY that is used by some application packages Records in a n
126. ateereued sonst obedtentessteseeabeutshoteeteeu E TE 156 Date Cut oirlo teles Babes 157 Date HOTCECENTUP sa evviscascsavuacesncecsunch c minis cusssthackeneunatess a 158 Date Y Y2IQQQE TOP encino suctecbisusscecsduss ias 158 Date MapToPHD ates css tna 159 D S E Da ATES E EAEE EE AS A EE E waded 159 DUNpPON E Oe EEI E 159 HOG ahs cess AEE EN eel E E 159 IAIL OS ES lcd 159 MN a a e aaa a ai 159 TEIA O AAE E EEA A S AA ELARA TAER RAA 160 O 160 TECH GCI 33 2222 eh td o sed Sos a RLA OAE AR REN AOTRE 160 VSMOT GS feeds E AE E E E E A ETE EEE A EE 160 TtemA bbreviateD ate ois E O E A 160 APA A O 160 EIC A 161 E a NA 161 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Contents e v List Date scceen A ae at ha ne ne hone REE eet 162 ListiP Lix sacvec erect A Aa Ga ore beets 162 List Time oss oes ad 163 Dr eso ee 163 O Nascent EA es aches ts 163 Operador sde teaser lea ao edo ads 164 OPAC A E EE S 164 leTni ea a EEE TEA E AE EE 164 la RAO a EEEE E EAE TT A ES E nde 165 PM A E ES 165 aa LOTA RE ALE AEA EE T AT 165 A O 166 AN E A A E E A E AET 166 Redo ETN OFAT AEE betes tol ee sae Settee E E E 166 Sortfast eeii D EE ere iE 167 UE RA ERNE O E ERR T 167 Statisti ac 167 SUD MM E R E E a Gee 167 Suspend di escasa 167 UserlabelS cocina iaa s 168 A Sele cubs aeeaed E a devs dectiesvaetan vier setesees 168 Wallin G8 recs css nnn isis 168 Sort Command SO en a KT 169 Table Command TA r n renn nn iia ed 171 Adding Individual Values
127. ating You may shorten the command name to the first letter of the command name v verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprlink upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc These two commands are identical EXIT texit Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The most common reason for continuing commands is to specify a lengthy Link command with secondary keys Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 259 260 e Suprlink Commands input students link majors by ssn cmaj from ssn curmajor output outfile exit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprlink command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character link customer records to invoices input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit HP UX Commands Suprlink also accepts HP UX commands
128. ble to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprlink continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your Suprlink commands If you exit Suprlink then run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprlink commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprlink to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes Suprlink to resolve any CI variables in a command before processing Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 277 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the invcust file tuse usecust input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit Suprlink prints the l
129. bove e Assuming that you have changed the HP UX default of your EOF key Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end 262 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 263 Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL DO start step 7 1 atning ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo do prev
130. ccessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of STExport input files Sales File We will be formatting data from an Oracle table that has the following form gt op oracle custdb dbpass gt sel from sales gt form Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type CUSTOMERNUM Number DELIVERYDATE Number PRODUCTNUM Number PRICE Number PURCHASEDATE Number SALESOTY Number SALESTAX Number SALESTOTAL Number Double Double Double Packed Double Packed Packed Packed RJ 0000 00d do ooo lt o Dates and Decimal Places We use Suprtool s Define and Item commands to identify which of the fields in the sales table are dates and which fields have implied decimal places Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 239 deliv_date DELIVERYDATE 8 display purch_ date PURCHASEDATE 4 double product_price PRICE 4 double sales tax SALESTAX 4 double sales total SALESTOTAL 4 double deliv_date date ryyyymmdd purch_date date YY y ymmdd product price decimal 2 sales tax decimal 2 sales total decimal 2 Salefile We now produce a file called salefile using Suprtool s Output Link option The Link option produces a self describing file complete with the date and decimal place information gt open oracle custdb dbpass gt select from sales gt def deliv_date DELIVERYDATE 8 display gt def purch_date PURCHASEDATE 4 double gt def pro
131. command The first is a limit on the amount of space for constants Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool must blank fill all string constants to their full length The following example overflows the data space gt define char 256 1 256 gt if char 256 a b oc Error Data Overflow In this example Suprtool attempted to create three 256 byte constants There wasn t enough room for the last constant Solutions to this problem include 1 If possible define short fields If you have long field names you may want to use the Define command to define shorter subfields 2 Use tables and lookup for many values 3 Split the extract task into multiple passes On the first pass use an If expression that results in the fewest possible number of output records Use the output file from the first pass as input to the second Apply the remainder of your If expression during the second pass Error Code Overflow Suprtool translates If commands to an internal machine representation There is a limit on the size of this code When an error occurs there is little you can do except use tables and lookup wherever possible and when this fails use multiple passes Read in Usefiles When you specify read in a usefile Suprtool expects the If expression to appear in the usefile This provides a method for storing and executing complicated If commands You can also manipulate Suprtool into prom
132. command to choose what data to read from your Oracle databases Oracle access is available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Oracle internal data types so that Suprtool can process them Not all Oracle data Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 37 types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Oracle data type and the corresponding Suprtool data type Oracle Data Type i Number Data Type Oracle numbers are translated into a variety of Suprtool data types The translation depends on the precision of the number and the number of decimal places The following table describes the translation for each case Precision Decimal Places Suprtool Data Type In packed decimal translations Suprtool uses the precision of the number to determine the size of a packed decimal number Order By vs Sort Oracle s Order By statement on the Select command does not always generate the same results Specifically sorted fields with null field values appear at the beginning when they are sorted by Suprtool s Sort command Restrictions Suprtool UX cannot handle all Oracle database concepts The current restrictions are 1 Suprtool UX can handle varchar2 char date and number data types It cannot handle any other data type 2 Because any Oracle Select command can be used it is possible to generate column names that are no
133. d Control Q resumes a listing that you have paused with Control S Database A database in Suprtool UX is an Eloquence database or an SQL database A database is specified in the Base or Open command Several commands e g Get Chain or Select do not work until a database has been specified Some commands only work with Eloquence databases and other commands only work with SQL databases An Eloquence database consists of datasets files which in turn consist of fields An SQL database consists of tables or views and each table or view consists of columns In Suprtool a column name can be used anywhere that a field name is used The advantage of using a database is that information about the database is automatically available to Suprtool The Form command shows the database structure Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Errors Errors are messages printed by Suprtool indicating a fatal problem in the task which prevents it from completing Error messages are further described in Appendix A Field A field is a portion of a record When you access an Eloquence dataset this makes Suprtool aware of the Eloquence fields in the dataset When you access an SQL database with the Select command Suprtool is aware of each column name fields and columns are synonymous in Suprtool The Define command allows you to define new fields or redefine existing fields to have new sizes or data types Use Define to get at bytes of interest within
134. d a default title is produced from customer account firstname lastname gt select gt extract gt extract gt extract gt extract rating gt extract status gt sort lastname gt sort firstname gt list standard title heading Account First and Last Names i Credit Status read this table Z8 X10 X16 U23 X2 Customer List amp gt xeq List Device By default the List command lists lines to stdlist There are several methods that you can use to redirect the output to a specific logical device or to a disc file You can also redirect output to an attached printer Device LP Use the LP option to send listings to the Ip command The LP option assumes the list device is 80 columns wide Suprtool Commands e 135 136 e Suprtool Commands gt list lp User Specified Device Use the Device option to specify a specific logical device for the listing The device name must appear after the Device option The device name is case sensitive so that the device SHIPPING is different than the device shipping The Device option assumes that the list device is 80 columns wide gt list device LP same as List LP gt list device serialp send to device serialp Listing to Attached Printer If you wish to list to a printer that is attached to your terminal use List Record Suprtool uses Record mode on your terminal or PC to print on the attached printer To use this option you must
135. d opt robelle mpe get sdunixnm sdunixnm rec 128 1 f binary code nmprg disc 1400 4 Remove any old versions of Sdunix spurge sdunix 5 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and PROG for the filecode Installing with DSCOPY 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle shello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file spurge sdunixnm pub 3 Specify file command for proper program file size Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 39 file sdunixnm disc 1400 4 DSCOPY the file from your Unix machine dscopy opt robelle mpe sdunixnm hpux user password to sdunixnm bin fcode 1030 rsize 256 fix rep 5 Remove any old versions of Sdunix 6 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and 1029 for the filecode SDUnix Parameters All SDUnix parameters are specified via Info string There are three parameters input file sd file LF NOLF The first parameter is the name of an MPE self describing file The second parameter is the name of the sd file that SDUnix created LF vs NOLF Use the third parameter to specify whether the data file has LF line feed as the record separator or whether the file does not use a file separator If you use FTP to copy the data file to
136. d name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and O for Output Abbreviating You may shorten the command to the first letter of the command name Sv verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because STExport upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc and file names These two commands are identical SEXIT Sexit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a STExport command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 197 S format reals with two decimal places Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Floating option Soutput invfile produces the file we want Sexit HP UX Commands STExport accepts HP UX commands with or without an exclam ls Sls For commands that are the same in both STExport and HP UX STExport executes the HP UX command only if you type the exclam For example set you get STExport set command S set you get HP UX set command ksh STExport UX executes any HP UX command e g 11 or script file File Names STExport s Input and
137. decimal place with a comma If the decimal place indicator is incorrect it is harder to import files into other applications The Decimal command does not apply to floating point fields 204 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Delimiter Command DE Specify a delimiter if any that appears between each field in the output record DELIMITER NONE COMMA TAB SPACE string DELIMITER NONE COMMA TAB SPACE string Default Comma Use Delimiter Comma to create an output file in comma delimited format this is common for PC database applications Use Delimiter Tab to tell STExport to insert the tab character between fields instead of a comma If you have selected Columns Fixed you will likely want to remove the delimiter by specifying Delimiter None If you want some white space between fixed length columns specify Delimiter Space instead String Parameter You can put anything inside quote characters to specify your own Delimiter For example Delimiter would insert a space a comma and another space between each field in the output record You can use either single or double quote characters to specify the delimiter e g Delimiter and Delimiter are the same The maximum length of the delimiter string is three characters Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 205 Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the
138. der cccceeceeseeceeseeseeesceescecenseceseceseesaeesseeneeeaeeenes 17 Sort by Multiple Keysi ccinn riarann eei ee i i iie 17 Duplicate Record ci a aiii 17 Report without Duplicate Records ccecccesecsseesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeecesecesecnsecaecneeeeeeneeees 17 Report Only the Duplicate Records cccccesceesseescesseeesceeeceseeeseeeecseecaeeeseeeeeeneeeneees 18 Report Only the Unique Records ccecccsseeseessesseeesceesceeceeceaecaecseeceeeseeeaeeneeeerenes 18 Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals ooonononicnnninnccnncncncnnnnnnonananoncnnninnon 19 Deleting Duplicate Data File Records 0 ccccecceeseesseesceeeceeeceseeeseceecaeeeseeeeeeseeeneees 19 Decimal Places mania ae eet ee ease ate eet eos 20 Converting NuMetal 20 Counts arid Subtotal eedeec E aE RE EEE see ctuuttealesey denies 21 Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys cccecceseesseesseeeceesceesceeceseceseceaecseeeeeeaeeeseeneeeneeees 21 Sort by Count or Subtotal esre a E ee hat he ere eaten 21 Tota by Field oo ssc soos Stee ai ees 21 A o E E E eee 22 Changing the Output Record Format c ccccescceseceseeeseeseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeesecesseeeneeneeaees 22 Producing a Condensed Table Listing nccesser R non ro nn ro reno nnnn nos 23 A 23 Your First REDOT aeeie eperera re eoe r era det stens Cease dacuxsnevds e ra ENSE aoho bates 23 Column Headings meien e E O E E R EE E OR AET 24 Printing Mailing Labels cceccescceseceseesc
139. do not have a matching record in all Link files Specifying the Optional keyword on the Link command will force Suprlink to fill the Output record with default values spaces and zeros when it doesn t find a match in a specific Link file If you want to link the sales transaction to both the customer master and the salesman master it s probably faster to use traditional methods The Output file will be a self describing file containing data extracted from the Input file and the Link files Suprlink combines the Input and Link records together in a fixed way dropping the duplicated key fields and appending the remaining fields of each file in the order specified You control which fields occur by using the Extract command in Suprtool but you have no control over their order Use the Form command to print out the final record format so that you can prepare COBOL COPYLIB or PowerHouse QSCHEMA definitions The Input file and Link files must be sorted by the same key field Their names do not have to be identical but they must be the same type and have the same length Suprlink does not support real or long type keys Selection logic can be tricky since it is distributed over independent Suprtool extract tasks the Suprlink merge phase and the final report program Suprtool Selection You can use the If command to select which records you want from each SQL table What you cannot do in Suprtool is check a field in a related SQL table You do hav
140. duct price PRICE 4 double gt def sales tax SALESTAX 4 double gt def sales total SALESTOTAL 4 double gt item deliv_date date yyy ymmdd gt item purch date date yyy ymmdd gt item product price decimal 2 gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales_total decimal 2 gt extract customernum gt ext deliv_date gt ext PRODUCTNUM gt ext product_price gt ext purch_date gt ext SALESQTY gt ext sales_tax gt ext sales_total gt output salefile link gt xeq IN 8 OUT 8 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 gt form salefile File salefile SD Version B 00 00 No linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTOMERNUM I2 1 DELIV DATE Z8 5 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt PRODUCTNUM 12 13 PRODUCT_PRICE 12 Ly lt lt 2 gt gt PURCH_ DATE I2 21 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt SALESQTY P12 SALES TAX I2 lt lt 2 gt gt SALES TOTAL I2 EE 22 SA Entry Length 38 Blocking 1 Notice how the Form command correctly identifies which fields are dates and which fields have implied decimal places STExport uses this information to format the file STExport Output We then use STExport to read the self describing Salefile to produce our sample output on stdlist To demonstrate how dates are handled we insert a separator in each date field 240 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual opt robelle bin stexport Sinput salefile self describing input file Sdate yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput
141. e List standard exit LEOD rm datafile Missing Features The following Suprtool features on MPE are currently not available in Suprtool UX e Edit command Dbedit e Extracting a range of fields from an SQL database e Export command STExport exists as a separate program e Hints are not available e Link command Suprlink exists as a separate program e Table Command with the File option requires that the file being loaded is self describing e Out option of the Listredo command Running Suprtool under HP UX 33 e Output Ask Num Key and Num Query e Output Temp There are no temporary files in HP UX e Output Input e Totals to a file 34 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions A Suprtool Task Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool s primary function is to extract data quickly its focus is batch extraction The key principle is the bigger the input data source and the smaller the subset of data selected the more performance improves Your aim is to replace serial reads and selection with Suprtool To do this break your task into components an input choice some processing selections and the output choice Input Choices Suprtool reads fixed length data files You can create self describing files with Suprtool s Query or Link output options It is easier to work with self describing files because they have information about the fields in each i
142. e alll the characters in the field must be of the specified character type To test a substring use the Define command to define a subfield gt if field alpha gt if field lt gt numeric Examples String Class 1234 numeric 12 3 no class contains both numeric and special ABCD alpha B JONES no class contains both alpha and special A special A1B2 alphanumeric Pattern Matching Suprtool can also select records based on a pattern of characters rather than an exact string of characters For example use the following to select all records with ROBERT anywhere in the Name field gt if name ROBERT The double equals is the operator for pattern matching The at signs means anything before or after ROBERT is acceptable including nothing For character fields there are two comparison operators for patterns matches and gt lt does not match The pattern is specified as a quoted string using the special characters listed below Embedded spaces are allowed in the pattern and must be matched in the target field These are the special characters Character Meaning Zero or more characters of any type A single numeric character Suprtool Commands e 111 112 e Suprtool Commands A single alphabetic or numeric character Zero or more blank characters amp Escape character to match the next character explicitly amp looks for the character Reserved for future use
143. e and each of the Link files One of the tradeoffs with this method is more disc space for faster elapsed time Another Example Illegal Digits From the sales records retrieve all of the sales for October 2000 and append the customer name salesman code and year to date sales total to the sales record these fields are located in the customer records S opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader gt sel from sales detail gt extract custnum saledate saleamt gt if saledate gt 20001001 and gt saledate lt 20001031 gt sort custnum gt sort saledate gt output sales link creates SD file gt xeq gt sel from customer gt extract custnum name gt extract salesman ytdsales gt sort customernum gt output custs link gt exit opt robelle bin suprlink tinput sales link sales link custs to custs toutput repts producing REPTS xeq f run the task form repts fields in repts texit Smyprog run program rm sales these files rm custs no longer needed Srm repts Whenever Suprlink is processing files with packed or zoned decimal keys errors can occur because of invalid digits in the keys Suprlink reports the input and link record numbers with illegal digits and processing stops You can use Suprtool to examine input and link records by using record selection with Suprtool s input command A packed decimal number consists of
144. e input file Most Web browsers will display preformatted text in a fixed width font such as Courier Therefore if you specify HTML Preformatted you should also select Columns Fixed Table Format Use HTML Table to create output in HTML table format STExport creates tables with a border between each column and row Tables make it easier to read tabular information but some older browers do not support tables If you specify HTML Table all byte type fields are left justified and all other fields are right justified If you use Heading Column or Fieldnames the column headings are specified with HTML table heading tags Most browsers highlight the column headings in some way such as bold text centered over the column Title All HTML documents must have a title By default STExport uses the title This is the Title You should specify your own title using the Title option Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Heading The heading appears before the column headings and data from your input file By default there is no heading Use the Heading option to specify your own heading Column Headings If you specify HTML Table use the Heading command to specify column headings for HTML output The Heading Fieldnames option will produce acceptable column headings but it is better to use Heading Column to specify a string for each of the fields in your input file Roman 8 Characters HP e3000 and HP 9000 computers use the Roman 8 ch
145. e stoutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from an Oracle database You would write a shell script like bin sh Select records from an Oracle table and check that there are at least ten suprtool oc lt lt EOD open oracle scott tiger select from emp if sal gt 1000 00 output dev null exit EOD if cat stoutcount ge 10 J then echo More than 10 records found fi Exit with Verify v Some users inadvertently Exit from Suprtool by entering the Exit command instead of Xeq To prompt for Exit approval use the v option suprtool v gt e Okay to exit no gt Combining c and v You can combine both the c and v options with the following command suprtool c use usefile v HP UX Notes This section describes Suprtool UX features that interact with the HP UX environment Shell Commands You can execute shell commands by typing them anywhere you type a Suprtool command If a command is both a shell and Suprtool command you must precede the shell command by an exclamation mark or a colon Shell commands are 30 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool executed by your default shell the one configured in etc passwd for your user name Ssuprtool gt whoami these 3 commands are identical gt whoami gt who
146. e Roman 8 universal monetary symbol to the Euro Symbol in the HTML and XML commands e The Item command would fail if a definition or Item command was already issued for a field if the input source was a self describing file and and extract range was used or all items from a dataset were extracted e The XML command would fail to convert gt to amp gt and lt to amp lt e The XML and HTML commands failed to convert amp to amp amp 4 e Welcome to Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool New in Version 4 6 e HP Eloquence database on HP UX is now supported similar to the IMAGE database on MPE Change Notice For a complete description of the latest changes the update installation instructions and any compatibility issues see the change notice that was included with the release To print a change notice see the Documentation section on page 2 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Welcome to Suprtool e 5 Installing Suprtool Who Needs To Use These Instructions The system manager should use the following installation instructions to install Suprtool UX No one can be using Suprtool UX during the installation The installation should only take a few minutes Summary of Installation Steps Installing Suprtool involves the following steps 1 Log in as root 2 Create the correct directory structure 3 Restore Suprtool UX and its associated files from the distribution tape 4 Set the ROBELLE variable
147. e data processing problems In a task Suprtool reads information from a file or database selects and processes some information and writes out the result You can visualize a Suprtool task like this Input Suprtool Output Records selects and Records processes Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 9 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool The examples that follow all consist of Suprtool tasks Simple solutions require only one task Complex solutions consist of several tasks often with the output of one task becoming the input for the next task Copying Files Copying One File Use the Input command to specify a data file gt input filel reclen 80 nolf gt output result gt xeq The Output command creates the file called result which is a copy of the input file Appending to a File To append to an existing file use the Append option in the Output command gt input file2 reclen 80 nolf gt output result append gt xeq Fields in Data Files What is a Self Describing File A self describing SD file is actually a pair of files one with data and the other with field information These files have the advantage of behaving like data files which can provide field information to Suprtool without you having to Define all the fields The Input command is also simpler because there is no need for either the Reclen or the LF parameters Creating an SD File To create an SD file use the Link option in the Output co
148. e keys count total data_field gt output result link gt list standard gt xeq Notes The option of Only or None must be specified before the option of Record or Keys Reversing the order causes a syntax error in the Duplicate command You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command 80 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Edit Command ED The Edit command is currently not supported in Suprtool UX Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 81 Exit Command E Exit Suprtool in one of two ways EXIT ABORT XEQ EXIT ABORT XEQ Default XEQ Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprtool after specifying only part of a task because Suprtool starts processing the task To exit Suprtool without executing the current task use the Abort option Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprtool recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g EA means Exit ABORT Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprtool The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Thus Exit Abort is similar to Reset All Exit Examples You began to specify a sort stopped for coffee and decided to cancel the task on your return gt You began to specify a sort stopped for
149. e name of each output field The Noname keyword causes the field names to be suppressed By only extracting a few fields it is possible to fit the listed output for each record on one line Suppressing Blank Lines Between Records By default Suprtool prints a blank line between each record The Noskip keyword removes this blank line If you combine the Noskip Norec Noname and Title options when extracting a few fields Suprtool can produce a simple report Numeric Justification Leftjustnum and Rightjustnum The List command normally left justifies all numeric fields Specifying List Standard causes all numeric fields to be right justified unless you override the default with the Leftjustnum keyword Use the Leftjustnum or Rightjustnum keyword to specify the alignment of the numbers The two keywords are mutually exclusive The last one that appears on the command line is the one that is applied LaserJet Listings There are two methods to select different printing options for a LaserJet and other PCL compatible printers You can permanently set the PCL option for all listings by using Set List PCL or you can use the List command to select the PCL option for just one task PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The following is a summary of the PCL values PCL Font Orientation Dimensions 1 Lineprinter landscape 175 cols 60 lines 2 Courier landscape 100 cols 45 lines 3 Courier standard portr
150. e options the result is treated as a 32 bit integer Suprtool Commands e 183 10 0 standard octal format Result 000012 10 0 negative number in octal Result 37777777766 100 h hexadecimal Result 0064 In Double format calculator prints the double result as two octal numbers the way they appear in DEBUG The first number represents the high order 16 bits and the second number represents the low order 16 bits 10 d treat result as two 16 bit octal words Result 000000 000012 1000000000 d high order 16 bits are no zero Result 035632 145000 10 d note negative value 2 s complement Result 177777 177766 In ASCII format up to four characters are printed in Hex Decimal and ASCII display format 52020 a Result 2020 32 32 320161 72145 a Result 2071 32 113 q 7465 116 101 te In binary format the high order 16 bits are examined If these bits are not zero they are printed as two groups of eight bits A one 1 means that the bit is on and a zero 0 means that the bit is off The low order 16 bits are always printed as two groups of eight bits high order 16 bits suppressed 2 00000000 00001010 note negative value 2 s complement Result 2 11111111 11111111 2 11111111 11110110 1000000000 b high order 16 bits are non zero Result 2 00111011 10011010 2 11001010 00000000 Input Format The calculator supports different input formats for numbers Octa
151. e table based on conditions from another table This is a typical example you want to find all of the pending orders for those customers whose accounts receivable balance is 0 First we find the customers with an AR balance of 0 and extract their customer numbers to a file gt select from receivables gt if ar_balance 0 gt ext cust_no gt output custlist link gt xeq Now we can find information by loading a file of customer numbers into a table and then applying the lookup feature gt select from order _details gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt If status PENDING and lookup cust_table cust_no gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data in a Data File So far the examples have looked up data from a table If you want to look up information in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields Use the Define command to do this The following example gives you some idea of the byte size of one kind of record in a data file John Smith 12345678 Anna May Richardson 98765432 12 bytes 16 bytes 8 bytes If you want to look up customers based on a list of customer numbers in the self describing file Custlist use the following task Notice how the start position and number of bytes is entered into the Define command This defines the position within the input file not the table file gt input flatfile reclen 36 nolf gt define cust_no 29 8 byte gt table cust_table cust_no file cust
152. e the option to select key values from one dataset then load them into a Table and use lookup to select related entries in another dataset It makes sense to use If on every SQL table since you have another selection possibility when the files are linked For example you might select all customers in California and all invoices with an amount greater than 2000 Suprlink Selection The Input file limits the scope of the Output file You cannot have more Output records than you do Input records but you can have fewer When you do a Link to another file you have an implied selection criterion That is if Suprlink cannot find a record in the Link file with matching key value s the Input record is dropped from the Output file If you have seven Link files the Input record must match all seven or be dropped This is the default selection logic You can override this for any specific Link file by specifying the OPTIONAL keyword on the Link command Only do this is you don t care whether that data exists or not since Suprlink will supply default values for those Link fields You want to produce a report of all invoices over 2 000 00 for customers in California The customer information is in the m_customer table and the invoice information is in the d_invoice table Here are the steps to produce this report 1 Select and sort the California customers into the file customer Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual 2 Select and sort invoices o
153. e to mean phdate8 for assistance in converting to the newer phdate format found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher The set command gt set date MapToPhdate8 on changes only the reference to phdate8 in the Item command It does not change references that already exist in self describing files nor does it change the data With this setting enabled any Item command reference such as gt item mydate date phdate will actually mean phdates Defer SET DEFER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX DumpOnError SET DUMPONERROR ON OFF Initially ON With DUMPONERROR Suprtool attempts to produce a formatted listing of records that cause a database error The information printed may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command is specified Suprtool uses the List defaults Eofread SET EOFREAD ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Filecode SET FILECODE number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Filename SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename See Installing Suprtool on page 7 for a complete description of this Set command Suprtool Commands e 159 160 e Suprtool Commands Firstrec SET FIRSTREC 0 1 This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Hints SET HINTS ON OFF This command has no effect in Su
154. e you do this you can then enter regular unscaled numbers For example to enter five cents use 0 05 to enter 100 00 use 100 If a field is a dollar and cents amount scaled by 100 use the following to tell Suprtool about the decimal place gt item total sales DECIMAL 2 With the Item command the previous example becomes more understandable saledata reclen total sales 40 70 nolf integer total sales decimal 2 total sales gt 999 result find sales gt 999 Converting Numbers There are several ways to convert binary numbers e g 12 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport s Output ASCII or Output DISPLAY if you want to convert all numbers 20 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion feature to convert the binary fields to display fields define mynumber 1 6 display get dataset ext some fields ext mynumber binary number output filename xeq Note that this technique also works for converting a number from one numeric type to another numeric type Counts and Subtotals Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys This example counts the number of sales transactions for each customer and produces the total sales for each customer We use the Count and Total options of the Duplicate command Note that we made the output file self describing so we ca
155. eCentury is off Date IfYY2000Error SET DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool considers dates with a two digit century component from the date and today functions to be invalid when the dates resolve to be greater than 1999 and the If operation is a relative operation e g greater than or equal to You can control whether Suprtool considers this condition an error by using the following Set command gt set Date Ifyy2000Error Off The following example shows what is considered to be an error by the If command and how the Set command can turn off the error check gt def a 1 6 gt item a date yymmdd gt if a gt today Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format gt set date ifyy2000error off gt if a gt date 2000 01 03 We have chosen this condition to be an error by default because when the date function in the If command resolves a date in a yymmdd format to a value beyond 1999 the result is not always a useful value For example a December 10 2000 date in a yymmdd format would have a value of 001210 and comparisons to this value could be logically incorrect If you would have included a Delete command in a dataset selection task you could have removed all of your records Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Date MapToPHDate8 SET DATE MAPTOPHDATES ON OFF Initially OFF This set command will change any item command reference to phdat
156. ecent command L fille last command is printed d you enter changes to it L file edited command is shown you press lt return gt Slistredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo redo 8th through 10th redo redo 10 through last redo redo last rm command redo redo last rm temp o red redo last containing temp 226 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Cancel the current task RESET RE S ET Reset closes the current Input file then resets the Output file name to Output Formatting options are not reset only the task related commands are reset If you try to reset an individual command STExport prints a warning Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 227 Set Command S 228 e STExport Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within STExport These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ONJOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ON OFF VARSUB ONJOFF WARNINGS ONJOFF XMLTAGCHAR SET MAPPED ON OFF REDO filename STATISTICS ON OFF VARSUB ON OFF Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Mapped has no effect within STExport UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the STExport prompt are saved in something called the r
157. ecific application areas 144 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt output newfile gt output accum append gt output keyfile key gt output transf num data gt output querynum num query gt output null If you want to find out how many records are qualified by some selection criteria without producing an output file send the output to null The Out count on stdlist displays the number of qualifying records Notes The output file must be an old existing file if the Append or Erase option has been specified Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 145 Put Command P 146 e Suprtool Commands Directs output records to be DBPUT into an Eloquence dataset Put can be combined with Output to a file but if no Output command is entered Suprtool defaults the output file to null It is your responsibility to ensure that the output records match the format of the target dataset The DATA option of the Output command is the only valid output option when Put is specified PUT setname database PUT setname database Default database Base Parameters If database is not specified setname must be a valid dataset of the Base previously opened You must have write access to the dataset selected If database is included the specified database is opened This Put database is closed after the task is completed unlike the database opened with Base It is possible to copy records
158. ecords is determined by which of the following format keywords is selected Keyword s Format DATA Default KEY Sort keys only NUM J2 record numbers only NUM KEY J2 record numbers plus sort keys NUM DATA J2 record numbers plus data record QUERY Self describing file LINK New format self describing file NUM QUERY Query numbers format ASK COGELOG ASK select file ASCII Convert numeric to ASCII DISPLAY Convert numeric to display zoned decimal PRN Personal computer format Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool NOLF Do not write out Line Feeds to the end of the record LF Write out Line Feeds to the end of the record DATA DATA is the default output records are the same length and format as the input records KEY KEY creates output records containing only the sort keys concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM NUM creates output records of four bytes in length containing the double integer record number of each input record The record number of the first record is 1 for database tables and 0 for disc files NUM KE Y NUM KEY creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the sort key values concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM DATA NUM DATA creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the full data record This can be useful to create transaction files from detail d
159. ed with no substitution UNDO A single u in column one cancels the most recent edit of the current line Using the Undo command twice in a row cancels all edits for the current line and re establishes the original unedited line If u is placed anywhere other than column one of the current line then a simple replacement is performed Undo makes sense only if you have a line on which you have performed some editing that can be undone Simple replacement Any other character not 1 r d d gt gt gt d gt r c or u will be put into the current line at the position above where it is placed replacing any existing character Simple replacement also occurs for the editing characters i r c or gt if they are not followed by text or if gt appears at or beyond the current end of line Hpmodify Examples Here are examples of the MPE style REDO sub commands in action First occurrence undoes the re edits The u must be in column one u Second occurrence undoes all edits on the current line The u must be in column one Replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position ofr xyz Replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of x Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 149 150 e Suprtool Commands Inserts xyz into the current line starting at the position of the i Deletes three characters one above each d d xyz Deletes a single character above the d skips one space then r
160. ed fields are correct Note that you cannot assign default display specifications such as Heading or Picture specifications for Defined fields in QTP Linking Subfiles by Record Number Another approach which guarantees that the subfile will contain the correct data definitions and default display characteristics is to create temporary subfiles with QTP for each dataset then link them together by record number rm invcust Satp gt access d_invoice gt subfile invtemp size 1 include gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access m_customer gt subfile custtemp size 1 include amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access invtemp link to record 0 of custtemp gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 257 Suprlink Commands General Notes When you run Suprlink it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin Suprlink commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the Suprlink commands in alphabetic order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and L for Link Abbrevi
161. ed in a file with an extension of sd and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of Suprlink output files The following example shows the Form command listing for an input file a Link file and the resulting output file We start with an input file of invoices form invoices File invoices SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED I2 9 PRODUCTNUM Z8 13 PRICE I2 21 PURCHASED 12 25 OTY Td 29 TAX 12 31 TOTAL I2 35 Entry Length 38 Blocking 1 Suprtool produced both the invoice and the customer file by using the Select Extract and Sort commands The invoice file was produced with Suprtool s Output Link option If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the Form command would not have printed any information about the key fields The next listing is the customer file form cust File cust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset ELTY X12 1 RATING 12 13 CUSTNUM X8 17 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt STATUS X2 25 FIRSTNAME X10 27 LASTNAME X16 37 STATE X2 53 ADDRESS 2X25 55 ZIPCODE X6 105 Length 110 Blocking 1 The street address is a compound field If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the field would have appeared with a question mark for the data type In that case you cannot use the field as a key field in Suprlink but the actual data in the field will be processed and linked correctl
162. ed in the current line starting at the i position REPLACE If text follows the r this text replaces the same number of characters in the current line beginning at the r position DELETE Deletes a character from the current line for each d specified in the edit line Note that d d does not specify a range as it does in MPE V but simply deletes one character above each d Multiple d s may be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation DELETE Deletes to the end of the current line from the position specified by d gt May be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation APPEND If text follows the gt this text is appended to the end of the current line If a gt without text is positioned beyond the end of the current line then a simple replacement is performed instead DELETE Deletes from the end of the current line right to left Multiple d s and INSERT and REPLACE strings may be specified after gt REPLACE Replaces characters at the end of the command line The last rightmost character of the replacement string is at the end of the line CHANGE Changes all occurrences of one string to another in the current line starting at the c The search string and replace string must be properly delimited A proper delimiter is a non alphabetic character such as or The substitution is specified as cdelim search string delim replace string delim Omitting the replace string causes occurrences of search string to be delet
163. ed integer CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Define command also accepts Fpoint as the data type for IEEE numbers The following table shows the Suprtool definitions for the IMAGE data types IMAGE Type Number of Bytes COBOL SUPRTOOL Declaration Definition n 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer 12 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double 14 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer yl 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer J2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double J4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Un n A n gt define a 1 n byte Xn n X n gt define a 1 n byte Zn n 9 n gt define a 1 n display Pn n 2 S9 n 1 COMP 3 gt define a 1 n 2 packed Kl 2 gt define a 1 2 logical 70 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool K2 4 gt define a 1 4 logical E2 4 gt define a 1 4 ieee E4 8 gt define a 1 8 ieee Data type Display may have a trailing overpunch sign Packed Decimal Fields When defining packed decimal fields you must convert the number of decimal digits into a byte count The last digit of a decimal field is always used for the sign There are two data types for decimal fields PACKED for those that end on a byte boundary and PACKED for those that end in the middle of a byte Here are some example definitions of packed decimal fields Suprtool Definition Description gt define m 1 2 packed s9 3 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last is sign digit gt define n 1
164. edo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across STExport invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future STExport invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter SSet Redo Myredo If the file does not exist STExport creates it Otherwise STExport uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the STExport session As soon as you exit STExport the setting is discarded Next time you run STExport you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt then STExport is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Concurrency When STExport uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of STExport You can run as many STExpor
165. eee ee 259 ADDIE Via ITS tn beste dessin nee Gates et es Ms thas oben Ue chasis she cele ie tne 8 259 Uppercase or LOW iio A ciation deena en alae 259 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Continuati sss aniors casnGed ded seeds a ea deaveass N R SAE E EREI coeds 259 Comments on Command Lines sssssessseeessesesssesetserseeessstsresresreseestenesseseessesseseeseees 260 HP UX Commmannds eccecccecccssecsceeseeesceseeeseeeseeecceecnseenseenaecaeceaecsaecaeeeaeseeeeseeeereas 260 File Names iii dalla ieni ea Eae aa Eae iS Eo EREE AREER EEEO EnS 260 Calculator sssri erennere eie ads 260 CONOY and tai aaa 260 Before Command B oooooonccnnccnoconoconocononononconono nooo ccoo nono nono nono nonn nn nnnn non nan n nan n non nn nana nncnnnnn nos 262 Do Command DO ooocncocinoconononononnnonnnonon nono nono nono ncon nro nro nrnn nono rn non n non n nn rro n nro nn nn nn nnnnnn rra 264 Exit Command E ccsssssssssssssssssessseececssecsoecssconsconssnsssnsesnssenssenesssssseesseseseseessnssonseaess 265 Exit Abort EA ccccccccsccsccssessssscesecseesecseseeceeeeecsaeceessecsecsecseseeceesaseesaecaesaesaeseneaes 265 Exit Suspend ES 00 ccceceesccssecseesseeeseeeeeeeeceeecesecaecaecsaecaeecaecsaecsaesaeesaeeeneseeeeerseas 265 Exit Xog EX ireann enra E ata eee 265 Form Command F ccceesccssecsseessesseeseeeeeeeeeceseceseceseceaeceaecaaecaeecaeeeaeseeeseeeseeseseeeeeeeaeeaees 266 Help Command H
166. eeeeeeeeeesecnseceseceaecsaecaeceeceeeeeeneeess 11 Selecting Database Records ccccecsessesssceesceecesecssecaeecaeecseeeaeceseeeeeeeeeeeneeenaeenaeenaeenaeenaeenees 12 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Contents e i ii e Index Select All Records A E ts 12 Lo kat the FirstEew R cord cinta ho raeisa 12 Selecting by Criteria is 13 AAA nih ah wad ae Ae Raa ee 13 Complex Criteria siiani en i ane se 13 SHINGO L DIEA NS DEE EE E T AA A 13 Selecting Dy Date FT desc oO elo o de aba tadtectbescdetaets 13 Select by Today s Date ccceccceescesccsseceeceseeeecseecseeeneeeaeeneeeeeseenseeeseenaecneenaeeeaeenaes 14 Select by Particular Date iei enia einean a eaea ae e aapi eSEE 14 SELECE DY MOAT EET T A E rot is 14 Select Prior Montecarlo lavas 14 Selecting by Lists of Values 0 00 ccccecccecscessessscesecesecesecseecaeecaeeeaeeeneeneeseesseceaeeeseeaeceeeeenaeenaes 15 Finding Data Based on a List ceceseeseeseesceesceeeeeeseesecesecnseceaecaeenaeceaecneeeaeeeneenseeas 15 Finding Data Based on a File cccecccescceseesseeseeeeeeneeeeecesecnseeesecaeenaecaeecneeeaeeeneeneeees 15 Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria cc ececeseeceseeeeeeeceeeeecnererenaeeees 16 Finding Data in Data File ccoo icon dica 16 Sorting Database Records ccccccc sccescecccvsegceietseccecevseceedesccececesseted e EE e caida 16 Sort Records sinnini ies het asin ed N is entities 16 Sort Records in Descending Or
167. eeneeenteees 46 What does Set Date Cutoff do oo eecccecccsseesseessesseeesceesensecesecesecaecseecaeeeaeeeaeeneeenseees 47 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff cceccececsceessessceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeenseenseenseeeaecaeeeeeaeeenes 47 What does Set Date ForceCentury do ceceeccesscesscesscseeceeceseenseceecaeeeneeeaeenseeerees 47 What If I Have TwWo Digit Years cccecccsseesseesceesceeseeecesecesecesecseeceeeneeeneeseeeeeeees 48 What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years ccceccccescescesecesecesecsceeseeeeeeneceneeeseeneeneeens 48 How Do Today and Date Work cceecccceesseesesecseeseseceeeceseeeceeeseeeeneesececneeseeeeneeaees 49 Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates 0 0 eeeseeseeeeneeeees 49 How Do I Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates ccccccccccssesssseseeeeneeeees 49 aammdd Date Format 0 cccccescceseceecececseeeseesseeseceeeesecnseceaeeaecaecseecaeeeaeeeaeeneeenseees 50 Invalid Dates lee od o E 50 Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits ccescescsseesseeteeeeeeeeeees 50 Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd coooocooiocococincninncnanonancnnnnos 50 Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ceyymmdd cocooocnccccocononononconoconcnnncnn nono nonn nono nonnnnnnnnos 52 Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD 53 Year 2000 Testing ii aii 55 Performance Issues iii A aia 55 Sort PerformManCe tia 56 Oracle Performance ii
168. eeseeeseeeeceeceseeeeceeenseceseceseeaecaecaeceeeneeses 24 Running Suprtool under HP UX 27 Running SUprtool ii A a ee ae 27 Configuring Different Shells ii a E A E E e E A 27 Bourne and Korn Shells snorisa cai ied a a e a i ih 27 CS E AE E es ce E O E A taci n 27 Setting Up PATH for Suprtool rae rara 28 Bourne and Korn Shell a detonate ain a 28 C Shele A E A AD 28 Control Characters amd sia 29 Suprmar Configuration ler i 29 On Line vs Batch Actes ii 29 Command Line Opt di oie 29 Initial Command Line ccmdstring cceeceesceeceesceesceeeceeceseeesecaeecaeeeseeeaeeneeeeeeees 29 Default Outcount File Name Ocio eee 30 Exit with Verify Vr A OR 30 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Combining cand Vis gin nn dale dt RAR Oe ee eats 30 la De DD GONO A EEES E AA E A e io 30 Shell Commands ti 30 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable oooooonncniccicconocononooonconoconcco noc noo nono nonnnonnnnos 31 ROBELLE Variable ninni a eens 31 lopt robelle SUPTMEL ooooooonincconononononcnonconnonnnonnnonnnnnn ono non ron nonn nro nn ron n rn nn nnrron nr nnnrnn ninas 31 opt robelle help Suprtool eeccesceesececeeseeeseeesceseceeeceeceseceseeeceseeesecaeceaecsaeceeeneeses 31 Outcount A cist A E RS 31 Differences Between MPE and HP UX cececceesecssecseeeseeeseeeeeeeecseeenseceseeaeeaeceeceeeaeeeneeses 32 Record Wem A A olde dass bec seeeatiutoestegeacbatiaies 32 EA A E E cht CN TN 32 Duplicate Output Files cece cesec
169. efine short 1 10 ten character field gt define long 11 15 fifteen character field gt 1f short long In this example Suprtool compares the ten bytes in the short field with the first ten bytes of the long field but ignores the last five bytes of the long field If the expression on either side of the equal sign consisted of more than one field using the operator or involved any of the string functions Supper lower trim ltrim or rtrim Suprtool would have compared both sides of the equal sign by padding the shorter field with spaces It is only the case where you are directly comparing one byte type field to another that Suprtool uses the length of the shortest field for the comparison You cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field If you have a byte field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as a display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Character Type Byte type fields can also be checked to see whether they contain only Alpha Numeric Alphanumeric or Special characters The complete field is compared against the specified character types Type Characters Alpha A Z a z 52 characters Numeric 0 9 10 characters Special anything else 194 characters including spaces punctuation Roman 8 letters binary junk Alphanumeric A Z a z 0 9 62 characters For the test result to be tru
170. eld gt ext sales amt 5 intermediate subfield gt ext sales amt 6 last subscripted field gt out dsales gt xeq Alternate Syntax for Extracting a Range Suprtool accepts a slash in place of the backslash to specify a range Use the slash with care because it is a valid character in field names For example gt extract a b would produce the error message Error Field A B does not exist To use a slash in an extract range surround it with spaces gt extract a b Numeric Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the Extract command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod Extract arithmetic expressions work exactly as If command arithmetic expressions To extract an expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name Examples gt extract budget99 actual98 1000 gt extract total cost qty gt extract day ccyymmdd date mod 100 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool In the following example the field total is used twice
171. eld in the heading line to be surrounded by quotes and separated by commas you have to supply these yourself For example Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 211 Heading Account Note no Add in first string Heading Add Heading Add First Name Heading Add Heading Add Last Name Heading Add Heading Add City Heading Add Heading Add State Column Headings It is difficult to get headings right when you have to specify all the quotes and delimiters with the Heading Add option Instead use Heading Column to specify individual column headings without having to type formatting information STExport then uses the current quote and delimiter settings in the heading For example if you specify Column Account Column First Name Column Last Name Column City Column State and Quote Double and Delimiter Comma are in effect then the heading STExport produces will be Account First Name Last Name City State Notes You cannot combine the Add and Column options You must specify one or the other If you start with Heading Add and then later specify Heading Column STExport erases the heading you created with Heading Add and starts over with the first column that you specify with Heading Column Similarly if you start with Heading Column a Heading string or Heading Add will start over with a new heading 212 e STExport Commands Suprtool
172. eneees Introduction to STExport Importing Data ti A elod ehh eudeantels downstate a hooks amp Data T ype snim tai tar tate add do ae oa Formatting Commands ccccesceeseceeeetecececnseeeeeeeeneeeneeees Command ee dela wan ele frees Les Performance Considerations ooooonnccoccnonccononononnnonnnonnonncnnnnos STExport Commands General NOte8 is cnctiasasthe e Aiea Abbr viating cirio lid Uppercase or LoWercase esccceeseeeseeceteeesseceeeeees Comments on Command Lines HP UX Commmann ceeeescceseeeseeseeeseeseeeneeeseeees Hle Names iii o A e a i Control Y eenaa tn Before Command B ooooconnoonccncncconnnonnnononanonnncnonoconnnonnos Columns Command C ccccccccscccsssceescecsssceeseecsseeeeseeeees Date Command DA ccccccccccsscccsssceescecsssceeseecseeesseeenas Decimal Command DEC ccccccssccssccsssceeeecssseeeseeenes Delimiter Command DE oooocnnoninocaninoncconaninnncconacinnnonnos Do Command DO oonoonncocnccouncoonncoonaconnnononoconn nono noconnccinos Exit Command El ocooccnncccnononononcnonaconnncnonoconnccinnaconnnonnos Exit Abort EA ooooncncnionicnononicnconioncononnnonocononncnncnnos Exit Suspend ES ceceeeesceesecseeseeeeeeeeeseeeereees Exit Xeq EX ita occ ataco tatoo Floating Command FL ooooocicnniccnonanicnnoncnnnconccononnnocnnonnnonos Form Command F ooooonnnoccnoccninnncconononnnoconononnnccononinnnccnnos Head
173. ep job do last grep job command gt do job do last containing job gt do 2 do command before previous one gt do 7 5 do by relative line number gt do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command can be abbreviated to as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line 76 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Duplicate Command DU Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool By default Suprtool copies all selected input records to the output file The Duplicate command determines what to do with duplicate output records Duplicate records can be discarded producing an output file without duplicates Alternatively you may be interested in seeing the duplicate records so you can create an output file consisting solely of the duplicate records When deciding whether an output record is a duplicate Suprtool either compares the keys only or the entire output record DUPLICATE NONE ONLY RECORD KEYS num COUNT TOTAL DUPLICATE NONE ONLY RECORD KEYS num COUNT TOTAL s None The None option removes duplicate records from the output file Suprtool compares each output record with the previous output record If they are not the same the record is added to the output file This option corresponds to the former Nodup and Nodupkey options of the Output command gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys Input Output TT 10 TT
174. eplaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of x ddixyz Deletes two characters then inserts xyz in the current line starting at the position of the i Deletes one character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes a second character above the second d It does not delete a range of characters making it unlike the MPE V version of Redo d d gt xyz Deletes a single character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes to the end of the line beginning at the second d and then places xyz at the end of the line Appends xyz to the end of the current line gt ddxyz Deletes the last two characters from the end of the current line and then places xyz at the end of the line Replaces the last three characters in the current line with xyz gt ixyz Appends xyz to the end of the line In this case the 7 command is superfluous because gt accomplishes the same result Using gt xyz would be sufficient c ab def Changes all occurrences of ab to def cab Deletes all occurrences of ab CXYZ Replaces the current text with cxyz starting at c Because delimiters have not been specified as they were in the previous two examples this is a simple replacement with the four characters Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands See Redo on page 166 for details Sup
175. er than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge The tests that we have performed indicate that this method is often significantly faster than the official IMAGE method of chasing down chains and hash synonyms To understand what Suprlink does think of the process of writing a report Your report program written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language hunts all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data It would be faster if the report program could just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data necessary for the report and this is Suprlink s function Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of the sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file Then Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program For example a sales report program might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales
176. es not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit abs credit 100 1 07 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work fields and expressions Suprtool Commands e 109 110 e Suprtool Commands gt if truncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev truncate stddev 100 1 07 String Expressions You can do comparisons with byte type fields in numerous ways using Suprtool These powerful features minimize the number of tasks you must execute in order to select the data you need The fewer the number of tasks the faster your data is delivered to the users and applications that need it You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create string expressions String expre
177. esecssecsseeseeeseeeeeeseceeeceseensecesecsaeeaecaecseeceeeeeeneeess 32 Classic T ist ato rial cs air lao adri lacas 32 Input from StdliSt ooooonooonnnnnccnoninoncnononononnnonn cono conono noc nono non nn no S 33 Missing Features ccccccscssssssosscsssensesssessssssesssesssesseescesseesnesonsconsensensconscnnsensesnseass 33 Suprtool Issues and Solutions 35 ASUS T 35 Input CHOICES Add celda O A teres E 35 Processing Selections A E E E EEE 35 Output OTTE E AA E er EE E a ssc 35 Large GELY 0 8107EAN RL 36 Suprtool and Allbase cceccceescessceseceseceseceeecseecseeeseeseecseesseeeseensecesecaecaaecaeecaeeeaeeeneensesereneeens 36 Data STV Pes a ade ai A 36 Date and Time Types sniene ncini died dd 37 Restrictions guished A A AAA AAA A e 37 Suprtool and Oracle iii dit 37 D t Types ita AA A AA AA i es 37 Number Data Type ici date deidades 38 Order By VS Ordinal dt 38 RESTOS ii A AA AA A 38 JU A NN 39 Installation iii A dE dat 39 SDUnix Parametros idad 40 LE VS NOLE rons a Eie EO E EA NEATE A EAA E a 40 Examples ii id as 40 RAI ies oe ees el vies ROE ih oe ces ces eet 41 Suprtool and Self Describing FileS ooooonncnnncniccnncnnonnooncononononnnconoconoon nro nnonnronronn ron naar rnnnrnnnns 41 Create an SD Fil froma Tablero e ia ts 41 Create an SD File from a Data Filessieroaninne enn o E A REA 41 SD Pilesias Ut e ee od 42 Listing SD Files iii A ee 42 Decimal Places and Date Formats oooconnccnnonino
178. et List Time to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM Lock SET LOCK number This command has no effect in Suprtool UX NLS SET NLS number Initially 0 or NLDATALANG JCW Suprtool Commands e 163 164 e Suprtool Commands Use Set NLS with files from MPE systems to specify the language to be used for sorting Character type fields see Native Language Support The number corresponds to an NLS language you cannot use the NLS language name The common language numbers are Number ge SSSCS d CI TT CO iS CO e CA CT Openmode SET OPENMODE number This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Oracle SET ORACLE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Oracle database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches by using Set Oracle Rows The minimum number of rows is and the maximum is 990 You must specify Set Oracle Rows before entering the Select command Pattern SET PATTERN NEW OLD Initially NEW Prior to Suprtool for MPE version 3 1 there was no method of checking for the 2 or characters in a pattern Version 3 1 introduced a new pattern matching routine adding an escape character amp
179. evious Input command Selecting Database Records These examples show you how to get records from an Oracle table It assumes you have opened the database with the Open command The results are written to a data file called result which can be read either by a program or by a report writer opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader Select All Records This example extracts all the records from the table Note that we didn t specify any selection criteria so Suprtool selects all the records gt select from sales input table gt output result output file gt xeg Xeq command performs the task Look at the First Few Records If you want to look at the first few records of a dataset use the Numrecs command This command tells Suprtool to extract at most the number of records specified Then instead of sending the result to a file send it to the screen with output ascii The example shows you how to look at the first 10 records in your dataset 12 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool select from sales gt numrecs 10 first 10 records gt output ascii output to screen format numbers gt xeq Selecting by Criteria Simple Criteria To tell Suprtool to choose records based on certain criteria you can either use any valid SQL command e g select where or you can select all the records and use an If command In these two examples Suprtool extracts a
180. ew users the file etc d profile is automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change two files etc profile always executed at login time etc d profile default profile for new users C Shell The C shell executes the file etc csh login when you log in to HP UX First it looks for the login file in your home directory If the file exists it is executed Then the C Running Suprtool under HP UX 27 shell executes the cshrc file in your home directory also executed any time you invoke a new copy of bin csh If you use SAM to add new users the files etc d login and etc d cshre are automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change these files etc csh login always executed at login time etc d login default login for new users etc d cshre default cshre for new users Setting Up a PATH for Suprtool You can invoke Suprtool with the command opt robelle bin suprtool If you just type suprtool to invoke Suprtool UX you must either add opt robelle bin to your PATH or copy opt robelle bin suprtool to a directory that is currently on your PATH Similarly the man pages for Suprtool are in opt robelle manVman1Vsuprtool 1 To make the man pages available to everyone you can either add opt robelle man to your MANPA
181. example gt input salefile self_describing file gt item deliv date date ryyyymmdd gt item purch date date ryyyymmdd gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales total decimal 2 gt output newfile link creates SD file with item attributes gt xeq gt form newfile shows decimal pts and dates Restrictions of SD Files So far in this section we have shown how to create self describing files using the Link option of the Output command The Link option produces a special form of self describing file Not all software can read this form of self describing file You can use the Query option to create an old style self describing file The Query option has the following restrictions 42 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Self describing files were originally created by HP in MPE so that files could be fed into HPWORD and HP graphics packages One problem with HP s definition was that no provision was made for compound fields e g 10J2 When Suprtool creates an SD file with compound fields via the Query option it uses a special data type When you input such a file to Suprtool all compound fields are treated as byte arrays Suprtool correctly copies and extracts these fields but you can not select with them The Query option is not capable of retaining information about decimal places or date formats Suprtool and Sorting Files When Suprtool sorts two records that have the same key value
182. existing fields and to give them an appropriate name Then you can refer to the defined field in other commands e g Extract If etc The following commands all contain a field gt if balance gt 10000 gt sort account gt extract a b Filename A filename is any valid filename and is used in Suprtool commands to identify the input source specify the output destination or to specify an external file to be accessed in the Table or Use command File names may be enclosed in quotes The following commands all contain file names gt input xyz gt output out gt use supruse gt input 872xyz Strings Suprtool expects all strings to be surrounded by a pair of single or double quotes or When Suprtool knows the length of a field it pads strings with trailing spaces For example gt define long 1 125 125 character field gt extract long abcef Suprtool adds 120 spaces gt if long abcde Suprtool checks for trailing spaces Suprtool accepts the null string Suprtool pads it with spaces so this is an easy way to see if a field is blank gt if name if name is blank One problem with any tool that accepts strings is how to include a quote mark inside the string Suprtool offers two solutions 1 Use the opposite quote mark e g don t 2 Whenever two quote marks appear in a string they are treated as a single quote e g don t Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 287
183. f 25 00 2000 2000 09 2009 2009 10 1910 2010 11 1911 2011 24 1924 2024 25 1925 1925 26 1926 1926 99 1999 1999 We recommend that you always provide a four digit year when using date However for reasons of backward compatibility we introduced Set Date Cutoff See Date ForceCentury on page 158 for more information Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When stddate has to convert from a date in only a two digit format the conversion to the four digit date will use the value in Set Date Cutoff For example Suprtool Commands e 157 158 e Suprtool Commands gt input salesdetail a self describing file gt set date cutoff 15 range is 1915 2014 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeg In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied Date ForceCentury SET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF Initially OFF Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt date 00 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date Forc
184. f the datasets in Store gt list print the dataset fields formatted gt exit no output file is created In session mode this command would prompt for the database password If none is entered or Suprtool is not running interactively the Creator password is used by default Because the open mode was not specified the database is opened in mode 1 Database Passwords in Batch In batch mode it is necessary to specify a database password without the password being echoed on the job stream listing A special database password is provided to allow for this When a question mark is used as the database password Suprtool prompts for the password on the next physical input line without echoing This occurs in batch mode or in session mode For example Suprtool Commands e 63 gt base store 5 Suprtool prompts for the password Password gt gt get d inventory gt exit Password is on this line but it won t show on job stream listing or terminal Open Modes Base does not allow mode 7 for exclusive read access but it does allow mode 4 for exclusive update while others read Mode 4 disallows changes while you are extracting from the database Mode 3 for fully exclusive access is tolerated but causes Suprtool to use slow DBGETs to extract from datasets Mode 3 should only be used when you need to do a Delete or Put command with Set Defer On Suprtool allows you to open a second database in the Put command
185. field name other than one of the two explicit keys is duplicated in several datasets it will end up duplicated in the final output file An example would be a Timestamp field that occurs in every SQL table Workaround use the Extract command from Suprtool to take out only the fields you want or to rename duplicate fields You can verify the format of the Output file using the Form command It shows the field names length and structure in order From this display you can generate an appropriate COPYLIB or QSCHEMA definition Quiz Subfiles The Erase option is provided for Quiz users who create an empty subfile using QTP or Quiz before running Suprtool and Suprlink See the Suprlink with Ouiz OTP section for details Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 273 Redo Command REDO 274 e Suprlink Commands Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listred
186. for the number and can be missing or See the ASCII output option for the field width of each data type Output fields with implied decimal places see Decimal Places on page 125 are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Like the ASCII option Suprtool reserves two extra columns for each output field with implied decimal places Suprtool Commands e 143 Lotus 1 2 3 accepts records only up to 240 bytes long Because the PRN option leaves room for the maximum value of any field you may need to restrict the number of output fields using the Extract command While some PC software allows alternate characters to be used to delimit character fields Lotus 1 2 3 accepts double quotes only Since Lotus 1 2 3 rejects character fields that contains a double quote Suprtool removes all double quotes from character fields when generating the PRN format Suprtool removes quotes by replacing them with a space See STExport for a method of including header lines in the file to be down loaded NOLF If you need to ensure that line feeds are not written to the end of each record then you should specify the NOLF option It is usually preferable to specify the LF option LF If you need to ensure that line feeds are written to the end of each record then you should specify the LF option When extracting from SQL databases Suprtool writes out records without line feeds Files with line feeds are usually processed more easi
187. for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprtool comes with User Manuals and a Change Notice You may have received printed copies of these They are also available as PDF or HTML Help files You may have received a documentation CD with these files or you can download the files from the Robelle web site Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Notation Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool User Manuals The user manuals contain the full description of all the Suprtool commands as well as usage tips The manuals are up to date with all the latest changes incorporated in Suprtool To see only the changes in the latest version see the What s New section of the manual or see the change notice Change Notice For a complete description of the latest changes made to Suprtool the installation instructions and any compatibility issues see the change notice that was included with the release Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recen
188. formats the number with all significant digits to the right of the decimal point followed by the exponent e g 0 47832E 10 Notes Both the Fixed and Scientific options attempt to round the number to the specified number of decimal places within the maximum width for each floating point data type If STExport cannot format a floating point field in the specified number of decimal places the number appears as asterisks Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands 209 Form Command F 210 e STExport Commands Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file STExport shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for t
189. from one database to another with Suprtool Examples For the first example we assume that the D SALES dataset is designed to contain a week s worth of transactions Each night the transactions from a week ago are moved to the monthly dataset D SALES MON The D SALES and D SALES MON datasets have exactly the same field declarations The following Suprtool task would move one day s transactions from D SALES to D SALES MON gt base store gt get d sales read the weekly dataset gt if purge date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon adding them to the monthly dataset gt exit For the next example we assume that the D SALES MON dataset is in a different database gt base store gt get d sales gt if purch date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon ostore add to OSTORE database gt exit the output file defaults to null This example shows how Suprtool can read a disc file and Put each record in a database gt input dsales dsales has exactly the same format gt put d sales store as the d sales dataset gt exit Notes If the dataset selected for output is a master dataset it is possible that some of the output records may be duplicate key values If this happens Suprtool prints an error message and terminates the task unless you have enabled Set Ignore in which case the duplicates are counted and reported at the end of the task Duplicate records are not w
190. g HEADING NONE FIELDNAMES string ADD string COLUMN string Default None When importing data into other applications the first line of the import file is often treated as field names or headings Use the Heading command to specify what STExport should write as the first line of the output file Field Names If you specify Heading Fieldnames STExport creates a default heading This heading is constructed by using the field name of each field in the input file The Fieldname option uses the formatting options that apply to byte type fields to determine the final format e g the Quote command STExport produces multiple field names for compound fields For compound fields the repeat count is used to determine the number of field names The repeat count is appended to the field name starting with one until all the field names have been generated User Specified Heading You can specify your own heading line by doing gt heading your heading Because the maximum length of an STExport input line is 256 characters you may not be able to specify a long heading with a single Heading command Use Heading Add to add additional strings to your heading Heading Account Note no Add in first string Heading Add First Name Heading Add Last Name Heading Add City Heading Add State If you specify your own heading STExport does not attempt to apply any formatting options If you need each fi
191. g the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R L and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples 11 fd sd is not spelled right fd not found Before redo most recent command 11 fd last command is printed s you enter changes to it 11 sd the edited command is shown you press Return Slistredo 10 Sbefore 5 redo 5th command in stack Sbef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b 1s redo last Is command b ls redo Is command b redo last containing Sbefore 2 redo command before previous Sbefore 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 199 e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the
192. ger or a single logical 1 e Jl or K1 in IMAGE This date is relative to January 1 1973 yyymmdd The yyymmdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except that the first digit denotes the century If the first digit is a 1 one then the century is 19 and if the first digit is a 2 two then the century is 20 Only data types of P8 and J2 are supported for this date attribute This date format is used by some third party software packages such as MACS and APS EDSDATE The EDSDATE date format is similar to the yyymmdd format in which the first digit represents the century The first digit in the EDSDATE is either 0 or 1 a 0 represents a century of 19 and a 1 represents a century of 20 JulianDay The JulianDay number is the absolute count of the days that have elapsed since January 1 4713 BC on the Julian calendar Typically Julian Day numbers refer to an integer number corresponding to whole days while the Julian Date may mean an integer plus a decimal value that resolves the Julian count to precise parts of a day Suprtool supports the JulianDay number and does not attempt to support an hour or point in the day aammdd and Related Date Formats The aammdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except the aa portion of the date uses a combination of letters and numbers in order to represent dates beyond 1999 The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in their MM3000 product This format is available only for
193. gical fields of two bytes in length one 16 bit word To do a bit extract from another type of field first use Define to redefine the data as a two byte Logical field Suprtool Commands e 107 108 e Suprtool Commands Once Suprtool extracts a bit string it always treats it as an Unsigned Integer a Logical and never interprets it as negative The format for bit extracts calls for a starting bit number and a bit count The 16 bits in a computer word are numbered from the left 0 to 15 The two bytes to extract from need not be on a word boundary i e they can start in any byte position See Define Command D on page 69 for how to define a two byte logical field field startbit bitcount gt define bitfield name 2 1ogical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 How to Check a Byte for a Numeric Value Because Suprtool does not have one byte integers it can be difficult to check a single byte for a specific numeric value Use a two byte integer Define field and the bit extract operator to solve this problem gt define word transcode 2 integer gt if word 0 8 13 See Character Constants on page 106 for an alternate method Decimal Places Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal places in an item If you do not do this you must scale all numbers in the If command For example let s assume that you want to find all inventory records with a cost equal to 80 59 If you do not use the Item command yo
194. he directory defined in the server configuration file Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 219 usr local bin perl Execute shell script and capture returned string S return_string users orders scripts sx orders ksh Return string can be OK html file name or failed log file name Split function separates return_string s 2 components status_word html_file split return_string if Sstatus word eq failed If the script failed print an HTML error page including the logfile error page else If the script is successful display the HTML file created by STExport This URL automatically looks for the configured directory under htmluser s home directory print Location http www hp com htmluser html_ file n n Format an error message for the user sub error page print Content type text html n n print lt HTML gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt TITLE gt Comment Form Error lt TITLE gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt BODY gt n print lt Hl gt Comment Form Error lt H1 gt n print lt HR gt n print lt P gt n print Form input was not proccessed Please mail your print remarks to lt b gt Swebmaster lt b gt print lt B gt print lt b gt Content of the Suprtool STExport logfile lt b gt print lt pre gt print cat html_ file An print lt pre gt An print lt BOD
195. he disc file changes only the Define command must be changed gt input invent input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Invent gt sort a sort the input records by the A field gt exit With the dataset form of the Input command we can have even greater flexibility to use the Sort command We assume that the MPE file Mcust has the same structure as the m customer dataset We sort the file using the first of the two street addresses in m customer Suprtool Commands e 169 gt base store gt input mcust m customer same format as m customer gt sort street address a repeated field but only gt exit the first address is used Notes The Verify command shows all of the current command values and the Reset command cancels them If you have not defined any sort fields before the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy only no sort Suprtool uses some temporary files during a sort It creates the files in the directory specified by the TMPDIR environment The size of the files will be equal to the size of the output file If Suprtool runs out of disc space during a sort you can try to specify another directory for TMPDIR 170 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Table Command TA Builds a table of values for testing in the If or Chain command There can be up to ten different tables TABLE tablename itemn
196. he type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File custfile Entry SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Offset CHARACTER X5 alt ZONED Z5 6 NTEGER 11 11 DOUBLE I2 13 length is five bytes room for five digits single integer double integer room for five digits eight byte integer compound field single logical double logical PACKED P6 17 QUAD I4 20 REPEATINT 6 28 LOGICAL Kl 34 DBLLOG K2 36 Length 44 Blocking B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file was sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format or the number of decimal places of an item The Link output option saves the date and decimal attributes as part of the field description form custfile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER x5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt compound field Has Linefeeds REPEATINT 311 6 DATE J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 Te lt lt 2 gt gt Entry Length 16 Blocking 1 Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Heading Command HEA Specify a heading if any that appears as the first record of the output file HEADING NONE FIELDNAMES string ADD string COLUMN strin
197. hes the data type of field Constants are either a string constant in quotes a numeric constant or a date constant specified with date or today See the next section about Constants for more details Constant Type KERRY LATHWELL string constant 12345 numeric constant date 00 07 09 date constant July 9 2000 Relations A relation is one of the size comparison symbols Suprtool does not use words like EQUALS as in QUERY Relational operator Means equal to gt greater than lt less than gt greater than or equal to lt less than or equal to lt gt not equal to Complex Expressions Complex expressions can be made by combining the AND OR and NOT operators arithmetic operators and mod and parentheses The order of precedence of operators from highest to lowest is Operator Precedence Highest NOT Take the opposite AND Both must be true OR One or the other must be true z Unary minus le Higher than addition and subtraction Lowest Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Short circuit evaluation means that the If command does not always need to evaluate all the parts of the command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Use parentheses where necessary to change the order of evaluation gt if status 1 and amount gt 100 or purchased 000115 gt if status 1 or status 2 and amount gt 100 Multiple Values You can check a data field for several test values without using the AN
198. his command has no effect in Suprtool UX Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprtool to print statistics at the end of each task This can be useful for determining the effectiveness of Suprtool s If and Sort command versus similar options on the Select command Subsystem SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suspend SET SUSPEND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool Commands e 167 168 e Suprtool Commands Userlabels SET USERLABELS ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Warnings SET WARNINGS ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Sort Command SO Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Specifies the next sort key via an Eloquence field a table column name or a field in a self describing file or a Defined field See Key Command K on page 128 for sort keys specified by explicit byte position Up to 20 Sort and Key commands can be specified per extract task The first key entered is the major sort key
199. his function will also work in the If command gt if truncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 String Expressions You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create new fields out of existing ones This can reduce the number of tasks required to provide a solution String expressions may involve the operator and upper Slower trim ltrim or rtrim To extract a string expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length for the expression The data type must be Byte or Char The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Examples gt extract id no warehouse no bin no gt extract full name first name last name Constants vs Expressions If you have an string expression that starts with a string Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single string value and not an string expression To specify a string expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect gt extract name product desc Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract name product desc Variable Length Strings String expressions use variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string
200. hnique Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans_date gt date 2001 01 01 Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this date format You can override this setting by entering the Set Date Ifyy2000error command gt set date ifyy2000error off gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans_date gt date 2001 01 01 Century and Date Suprtool needs to generate a date or today date in the ccyymmdd format If you specify a two digit year in the date function Suprtool needs to assume a century for the given date gt item trans date date ccyymmdd gt if trans date gt date 01 01 01 Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the specified year is less than the Set Date Cutoff value and 19 if the specified two digit year is greater than or equal to this value Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time The date and today functions check the date but ignore the time Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Non Collating Date Types You can use the stddate function to convert the non collating date format to a J2 data item with a date format of ccyymmdd For example to select the purchases by the field purch_date for November 2000 in a ddmmyy X6 field
201. ific invoice In this case the invoice record does not appear in the Output file To force Suprlink to include these records use the optional keyword on the Link command tinput invoices sorted by custnum link customer optional don t exclude invoices if toutput invcust the customer information texit is missing Performance Considerations Select only the records you need unless the time to load a table of desired key values plus the time needed to do lookup for each record is longer than the time to extract and sort the entire dataset Use the Sorted and Hold options of the Table command when loading a table Because of the time needed to search a large table it is often faster to extract all of the records and let Suprlink skip over the ones it doesn t need This method does a lot of sorts Sorting time can vary depending on system load and available memory but it increases dramatically for large records and large datasets You should try to use Suprtool s Extract command to reduce the record size and consider using Suprtool s If command to reduce the number of records Suprlink needs enough disc space to invert a significant subset of your database then link it into an Output file Although all of the Suprlink files can be job temporary Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 253 you still need enough disc space for the original database the final Output file the primary Input fil
202. ify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command Redo on page 166 for details Suprtool Commands e 137 Numrecs Command N Limits the number of records selected and the size of the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage NUMRECS size percentages default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters To limit the number of records selected from the input source and to reduce the size of the sort scratch file use the Numrecs command If you select more than 2size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from to 500 but values over 100 have no effect on HP UX Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the d sales dataset contains 100 000 entries but you use the If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the output file gt get d sales specify input gt numrecs 15 specify 15000 as file size gt if sales qty lt 100 select a subset of d sales gt sort cust account sort using the dataset path gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeg 15000 records Disc Files vs Datasets When you specify a source of records using the Input command
203. ill avoid large output records The total length of the Heading line in the output file is also restricted to 4096 bytes Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within STExport 243 Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink Documentation Welcome to Suprlink for HP UX Version 4 6 01 Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multifile capability to Suprtool Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge Summary of the Suprlink commands Before Input Reset expression Do Link Set MPE Command Exit LISTREDO Use Form Output Verify Help Redo Xeq The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprlink you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader yo
204. imilar to the If command read feature and is invoked by entering the Select command on a line by itself unlike If you do not specify read explicitly select ename salary tax paid from scott employee order by ename gt The Suprtool prompt changes from gt to after entering the Select command by itself on a line The entire command gets sent to the Select command parser after terminating with two slash marks or a blank line You might realize greater performance gains with the Select command if you specify only the columns that you need in your output file for either tables with many items or when you need only a couple of items from a given table The following Select command gt select coll col2 col3 from user account emp may be faster than gt select from user account emp Your mileage may vary Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprtool These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET Suprtool UX SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET ALLBASE ROWS number ARITHMETIC CLASSIC IEEE has no effect in Suprtool UX BASECLOSE ONJOFF not supported in Suprtool UX BLOCKSIZE size has no effect in Suprtool UX BUFFER size DATE CUTOFF number DATE FORCECE
205. in order to let Suprtool know where its supporting files are Step 1 Log In as Root There are two ways to log in as root 1 Exit from HP UX and log in with root as the user name 2 Ifyou are already logged in you can execute this command su In either case you have to supply the user password for root Step 2 Create Robelle Directory Before restoring files you must first create the directory where Suprtool UX will reside Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Installing Suprtool e 7 mkdir opt robelle Step 3 Restore Files Use the following command to restore the Suprtool UX files from the distribution tape tar xv opt robelle This command assumes your tape device is dev rmt 0m If it is not you need to specify your tape device using the f option in the tar command For example if your tape device is dev rmt 1m you need to use the following command to restore the files tar xvf dev rmt lm opt robelle HP UX 10 0 and 10 10 Your tape has two copies of Suprtool The version in opt robelle runs only on HP UX 10 20 and later The version of Suprtool in the usr robelle directory is compatible with HP UX 9 x to 10 10 The naming convention for third party programs on HP UX has changed from usr to opt If you want to use Suprtool in the opt directory you need only the following commands mv usr robelle opt ln s opt robelle usr robelle Step 4 Set the ROBELLE Variable 8 e Installing Suprtool
206. increasing the record length by one character If you have an input file with 80 byte records and each record is separated with a line feed you would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f gt list char gt xeq Since Uxfile has line feeds the List command shows a dot as the 81st character of each record This dot corresponds to the line feed character To read every fifth record in Uxfile you would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f 5 gt list char gt xeg To examine a file which has no line feeds between records e g the Suprtool object code you would use gt input opt robelle bin suprtool rec 256 nolf gt num 10 gt list hex char gt xeq Suprtool executes the Input command immediately it does not wait for an Xeq command before opening the Input file INPUT file RECLEN length LF NOLF startrecord endrecord count INPUT file RECLEN length LF NOLF startrecord endrecord count Default all input records Input File The first example shows the most common use of the Input command An input file is specified as the input source to Suprtool We select a subset of the input data with the If command Before using the If command we must define a field within the input record Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt input invent r 80 nolf input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile a
207. ine creates a single field that consists of a blank space Each of these blank fields results in a blank line on our mailing labels since the List command puts one field on each output line If you want to combine two fields on one line you would first have to create an output file with the combined fields and use this file as input to List Oneperline Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 25 Running Suprtool under HP UX Running Suprtool To run Suprtool for HP UX type this command opt robelle bin suprtool Suprtool Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 4 5 Type for help gt Suprtool prints its version number and prompts with gt Press Return after each command you type For example if you type Suprtool prints some Help text and a keyword list Type a keyword for more specific information or press Return to leave Help Configuring Different Shells Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool When you log in to HP UX a shell program is invoked This program interprets commands executes them and controls command execution To make configuration changes you have to know which shell you are using and what files are automatically executed Bourne and Korn Shells The Bourne and Korn shells execute the file etc profile when you log in to HP UX Then they look for a profile file in your home directory If it exists the file is executed If you use SAM to add n
208. ines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Suprlink The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed By default Suprlink displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed Suprlink can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 278 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Verify Command V Print the definition of the current linkage task VERIFY VERIFY Verify prints the current Input Link and Output files in other words it is a Verify All command Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 279 Xeq Command X Perform the current linkage task XEQ XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an input file and at least one Link file Then it performs the linkage and creates the output file Finally it closes the files and resets ready for you to specify another linkage task or Exit If you also wish to leave Suprlink after completing the linkage task use Exit instead of Xeq 280 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Example Suprlink Output Example The Form command displays the fields in a self describing file This information is stor
209. ing Command HEA oooooniocccoccoccnonononccononononnnonnnnnnnnos Help Command H ooooocncccnoconoconoccnonconcnoncnnnonn nono nonnnonnnnnnnnos HTML Command HT ooooocnoconinucconnnononcconanonnnoconononnnccnnos Dynamic Web PageS ooooooonnccoconoccnonocononononnnonncnnnnnos WED Serv eannan caia n cceeecveetteees A stecesbeteesstesceeesvestts Perl Script 2s sich cei lee eee lis eee ae CGT Script 2 sccccd cceti acces tiora n a Input Command J eeceeceeseeecceseceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees Listredo Command LISTREDO ooconocnnoccnononcnanccinnacinnnonnos Output Command O mecenes iins Quote Command Q iii dins Wai sa Kmiltagchar oct dalt dde del Sign Command Sita iio Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Contents e vii viii e Index Spaces Command SP osn24 n6 kGheeeadeouesd RO Dd a 232 Use Command TU e 233 Verity Command Vlad hee EO E E SA 234 X eq Command lia wacknkse bade Aah aba eee 235 XME Command XML riadas DA ars E 236 Zero Command Z ccccccccssscsescccsssceescecessceescecssscseseecseseeeseeceseeeseeceeeesesseceeeeeseeceeseesseseeeees 238 Example of STExport Output 239 Example a dali ae Doa o do Dd e el e de 02 oe 239 Limits Within STExport 243 MAMAS A aa Did 243 Welcome to Suprlink 245 Welcome to Ur de 245 Documentations icin Sn tee ae eget ed Reese eee ees 245 CD Or Web Dowload siseses cs seessebsncsscees esera nees cs Duelo ibas opcion 245 Printed Documenta rt li wetness 245
210. int all rm commands listredo print all rm xx commands listredo print all with rm anywhere Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ and comma comma are accepted as a short forms Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 223 Output Command O 224 e STExport Commands Specifies the Output file OUTPUT filename ERASE LF NOLF OUTPUT filename ERASE LF NOLF By default the Output file is named Output If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records When Columns Fixed is specified STExport creates the output file with fixed length records Line Feeds STExport s Output command allows the user to specify whether the output file has line feeds Normally STExport determines whether to write out line feeds from the self describing file If the self describing file does not have line feeds then the resulting file from the STExport task will not have line feeds This caused problems for some programs that import the file or for some browsers that use the HTML option You can now explicitly specify line feeds in the output file by using the LF option in ora c
211. ion in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Suprtool Commands e 123 124 e Suprtool Commands Calendar The Calendar attribute is provided for users who have fields containing the 16 bit MPE Calendar date format as an unsigned logical value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 followed by nine bits for the day of the year bits 7 15 The Calendar date format only supports dates up to the end of the year 2027 PHdate and PHdate8 The PHdate and PHdate8 attributes are compatible with the COGNOS PowerHouse date format If the data type is Jl or K1 the date is stored as a LOGICAL value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 four bits for the month bits 7 10 and five bits for the day bits 11 15 If the data type is J2 or K2 the date is stored as yyyymmdd PHDate and PHDate8 date formats are similar however PHDate values for the year range from 0 99 whereas PHDate8 year values are from 0 127 A year of 0 in PHDate could mean either 1900 or 2000 depending on user applications A year of 0 in PHDate8 means 1900 and 100 means 2000 The PHDate8 date format is found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher ASK The ASK attribute is compatible with the ASK manufacturing software ASK uses a special date format stored as a single inte
212. ious command again 39 do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again link do most recent Link command grep do last starting with grep grep job do last grep job command job do last containing job 2 do command before previous 7 5 do by relative line number 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 264 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit Suprlink in one of three ways By default perform the current linkage task if any then leave Suprlink Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprlink after specifying part of a task and Suprlink starts processing the task Use the Abort or Suspend options to exit Suprlink conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprlink recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprlink The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently s
213. is command Quotes All of STExport s XML command options version doctype file and record allow for a string to be passed via surrounding quotes The quotes may be either single or double but keep in mind that if the string is to contain double quotes then you should surround the entire string with single quotes Zero Command Z 238 e STExport Commands Specify whether leading zeros are to appear in numeric fields ZERO NONE LEADING ZERO NONE LEADING Default None Use Zero None to force all numeric fields to have leading zeros removed If a numeric field has implied decimal places STExport always formats the number with at least one digit to the left of the decimal place even if it is zero Use Zero Leading to force all numeric fields to be zero filled In this case Sign Leading and Sign Floating both cause the sign to appear in the same place in front of the leading zeros Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output Example In this example we show you how to use Suprtool and STExport We start with an SQL table identify the fields that are dates and the number of implied decimal places in other fields We then produce a self describing file using the dataset as input and show the default output from STExport The Form command displays the fields in a dataset or a self describing file For files this information is stored in a file with an extension of sd and is not a
214. ith 1 and the endrecord parameter is assumed to be the last record in the dataset if it isn t specified Note that you should use extreme care when you are using the record number selection option on master datasets This is because the record numbers of master dataset entries can be changed as entries are added or deleted from the dataset For example if there are deleted entries in the master dataset then you could get fewer records than expected When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a dataset Specifying a startrecord endrecord parameter makes this easy gt get m product 1 20 first twenty records gt list produce a formatted list of each gt xeg record with no output file This example gets any records that are in the first twenty IMAGE locations This may be fewer than twenty records if there were deleted or unused entries in the first twenty record numbers Random Selection The count parameter selects every nth record from the dataset where n is equal to count This option is designed to allow random selection from the dataset It cannot be combined with the startrecord endrecord option Test databases can be constructed from random samplings of production databases Using the count parameter and the Put command we build a test dataset Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt base store gt get d inventory 15 every 15th record is read gt put d invento
215. k UX only accepts self describing files created by Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program 130 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool List Command L Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool The List command is used to produce formatted listings of the selected records You may specify the List command or the Output command or both or neither If List is used instead of Output Suprtool sets the Output to null so that only a listing is produced LIST OCTAL HEX DECIMAL CHAR NOREC LABELS RECORD DUPLEX ONEPERLINE LP NONAME NOSKIP STANDARD DEVICE name DATE format TIME format PCL format LEFTJUSTNUM RIGHTJUSTNUM TITLE string HEADING string string LIST OCTAL HEX DECIMAL CHAR NOREG LABELS DEVICE name RECORD DUPLEX ONEPERLINE LP NONAME NOSKIP STANDARD DATE format TIME format PCL format LEFTJUSTNUM RIGHTJUSTNUM TITO SECAS BEADING string steino 1 Default Octal Char or Formatted If Suprtool knows about the fields in the input source e g because you have used the Extract command the list records are formatted with field names and internal binary data types e g integer are converted to ASCII You cannot combine the Ask or Query Num output options with the List c
216. l Suprtool Commands e 175 gt input filel r 40 nolf gt def balance 11 4 integer gt def overdue 21 4 integer gt item balance decimal 2 gt item overdue decimal 2 gt total balance gt total overdue gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 32 PM BALANCE 143598 16 OVERDUE 17399 73 Sort Break Totals Please refer to the Duplicate command on how to generate sort break totals Notes You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command The Total command prints out a date and time stamp on the title line This is for audit purposes 176 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Update Command UP Update one or more noncritical fields in an Eloquence dataset UPDATE CIUPDATE UPDATE CIUPDATE Specify the fields to be updated and their new values with the Extract command The Update command must be specified after the Chain or Get command but before the Extract command s You can update part of an Eloquence field by defining the part you are interested in and then using the defined field name in the Extract command The Update command can change values in critical fields Eloquence search or sort fields To update critical fields you must specify the Ciupdate option and CIUPDATE must be On or Allowed in the database Example This example selects all inventory items with a unit cost less than 10 00 and increases the unit cost by five percent gt get d in
217. l values are prefixed with a percent sign and hex values with a dollar sign An ASCII string of up to 4 characters is entered in quotes The result of the last calculation is referred to using octal 12 or decimal 10 octal input and octal display format octal number that is really negative 1t 61626364 use result of last calculation 1t 6162 97 98 ab 6364 99 100 cd Programmers who make use of the MPE DEBUG software are often frustrated with the format that Double Integer numbers are printed DEBUG prints them as two octal numbers Calculator accepts two octal numbers as input and prints the result in standard decimal format 184 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool treat as one double integer value 35632 145000 Result 1000000000 0 177777 177766 Result 10 0 negative double integer value Calculator Help It may be difficult to remember all of the various options that the calculator offers For this reason you can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 185 Suprtool Errors and Warnings Two Types Of Messages Errors Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool prints two types of messages errors and warnings In both cases Suprtool is letting you know that it has encountered a condition of which you may want t
218. laces you must use the Output Link option of Suprtool when you create the file for input to STExport Every record in the input file is formatted into a corresponding record in the output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you actually need Only those fields needed for import into the final application should be present in the Input file 222 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL UNN LISTREDO stare 7 step 1 1 7ABS 0UTr 1te string REL ALL UNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal The Out option is not currently supported on STExport UX If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo listredo listredo print all Help commands listredo print last ten commands listredo print entire redo stack listredo print ALL relative numbers listredo pr
219. le optional don t drop customers output custaddr 1f there is no address texit Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 271 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN LISTREDO start stop 1 1 7ABS OUT fite serias REL ALL UNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listred listred listred print all Help commands listred print last ten commands listred print entire redo stack listred print all remove commands listred print all rm xx commands listred print all with rm anywhere listred print ALL relative numbers Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not currently available in Suprlink UX Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form
220. licates are eliminated as they are loaded into the table For a table consisting of values from a file use TABLE tablename itemname FILE SORTED filename HOLD TABLE tablename itemname FILE SORTED filename HOLD Parameters itemname The item determines the data type and length of the key values in the table You can only load a table from a self describing file Suprtool first checks for the field in the self describing file FILE vs SORTED The File option assumes that the file of table values is not sorted Sorting a large file of values is slow If the file is already sorted use the Sorted option Suprtool checks the records to make sure they are in ascending order filename A valid HP UX file name the file must be self describing Hold 172 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool By default the Xeq command resets all tables Use the Hold option when using the same table in more than one extract task When Hold is specified the Xeq command does not reset the table Hold applies to individual tables not all tables gt table part table part file partin hold Examples If all of your part numbers are in the file Partin you use gt table part table part file partin gt if lookup part table part The following example uses Suprtool to create a file of sales orders for customers in arrears The orders data is in the database but the customer information is in a disc file Sup
221. list gt if lookup cust_table cust_no gt output result gt xeq Sorting Database Records Sort Records To tell Suprtool to sort table records you can either use any valid SQL command e g select order by or you can select the records and use a Sort command Here are two examples where Suprtool extracts all records from the Sales table into a data 16 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account Both tasks produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other Sorting in the Select command gt select from sales order by cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sorting in the Sort command gt select from sales gt sort cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sort Records in Descending Order This example extracts all records from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field sales_total in descending order i e show highest totals first Use the Desc option in the Sort command to do this gt select from sales gt sort sales total desc descending order gt output result gt xeq Sort by Multiple Keys This example extracts all records from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account then by sales_total in descending order Use two Sort commands to do this because the Sort command only
222. list pcl 1 select LaserJet option gt list title Invalid CUSTOMER Records gt xeg include title on listing Changing the Date Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 You can override this format with the Date keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 gt list title Example Report date 3 gt xeg heading date is in dd mm yy format Changing the Time Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 You can override this format with the Time keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM gt list title Example Report time 2 gt xeg time will be in AM PM format Simple Reports A Fast Method for Producing Simple Reports For self describing files datasets and database tables the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Noname Noskip Norec Rightjustnum wi
223. ll records with a sales_total value greater than 20000 from the Sales table Both tasks produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other gt select from sales Sif sales_total gt 20000 gt output result gt xeq Complex Criteria To choose records using more complex criteria combine several simple criteria using AND OR NOT and parentheses In this example Suprtool extracts all records that have a sales_total value greater than 20000 and a product_price value less than 5000 from the d sales dataset gt select from sales gt if sales_total gt 20000 and product_price lt 5000 gt output result gt xeq String of Digits If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of digits and you want to use this field as a numeric field you need to define a new display field on top of the existing field For example suppose your data looks like the following where the customer account number is stored in the 8 digit byte type field at the start of the record 20476789 rest of customer record To find all customers with an account greater than 20470000 you would do the following gt select from table gt define accountnum account 8 display sir accountnum gt 20470000 gt output result gt xeq Selecting by Date The following section on dates does not apply to SQL columns only to defined fields and SD fields Disc files usually store dates as numeric or character fields you can
224. luated To add two numbers together gt 125 512 Result 637 0 An expression consists of numbers and operators The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately Any number can be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage For example gt 125 5 Result 6 25 A complete description of the Suprtool calculator is given after the description of the Xeq command Control Character You create a control character by holding down the Control key while you strike another key Y plus Control generates Control Y These are normally nonprinting characters but they may do things to your terminal For example Control G rings the bell For notes on how to change the HP UX defaults see the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Under HP UX chapter Suprtool uses control characters for a number of purposes In the Before command control characters specify the edit functions Control D for delete Control B for before etc Control Y stops execution of the current Suprtool task Suprtool prints a status report and asks if you would like to stop the operation Control H causes the cursor to backspace one position in the current line Control X cancels the current input line Control S pauses a listing that is printing too fast for you to rea
225. lue delete out filename xeq Suprtool sends you an error message with the typo but continues with the rest of the command line This has the effect of deleting all the entries in the dataset It is risky to type Xeq on the same command line as any other command unless 1 You are not concerned with the consequences if you make a mistake e g any extract task should be safe 2 You don t make any mistakes The usual reason for putting all the commands on one line including the Xeq is to permit repetition of the task by using the Before command It is not necessary to type everything on one line because with the Listredo command Suprtool allows you to pick and choose any of your last 1000 commands Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The separating comma in commands is not optional Should your If command exceed 256 characters use the Table command or read gt in sdfile gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states gt output outfile Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line as long as they are surrounded by curly braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of command lines You can enter a comment as the only
226. lways done will continue to sort dates based on their numeric value and not on any implied date order In Suprtool 4 0 we introduced some new command parsing features that let you control how Suprtool parses the year of the date function You can either use two digit years by applying a cutoff rule or you can force all years to be specified as four digits What does Set Date Cutoff do Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates a constant date value from the date function Before version 4 0 Suprtool would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year For example gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Previously the date function would convert the user specified date to 1940 12 26 in order for it to be compared to the date field format of CCYYMMDD Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date function is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff For example gt set date cutoff 50 gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Suprtool in this case assumes the full date to be 2040 12 26 because the 40 in date is less than the 50 in Set Date Cutoff The default value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When Stddate has to convert from a date with only a two digit year the conversion to the four digit year will
227. ly by most other applications or import programs so it is advisable to use the LF option if you are uncertain By default whether Suprtool writes out a line feed depends on the input source For example if the input source has line feeds then line feeds will be written out at the end of each record When filling up PowerHouse subfiles some versions of Quiz will abort if no line feeds are found at the end of the record It is recommended that when you write to a PowerHouse subfile you should always use the LF option on the Output command Examples One reason to use stdlist as the output file is to obtain a quick listing of the ASCII fields in the input source The following example lists the Account Lastname and Firstname columns of the Customer table and separates them by two spaces gt open ora demo reader input from a database gt select from customer use the Customer table gt extract account account number will be first gt extract two spaces gt extract lastname the customer s last name gt extract two more spaces gt extract firstname the customer s first name gt output output the records to stdlist gt sort account sorted by the account number gt exit The following examples demonstrate other combinations of options on the Output command The entire ssues chapter of the manual should be reviewed for extended examples using the Output command Many Output options were intended for sp
228. mand STExport finishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate STExport immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This terminates the STExport program immediately without attempting any task Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into STExport This section describes the hardcoded file names that STExport UX may need STExport will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport e 191 ROBELLE Variable Normally STExport looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move STExport you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move STExport to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle Using STExport in Batch 192 e Accessing STExport You normally run STExport as an on line session You type STExport commands on your terminal and STExport prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist STExport assumes that it is in batch STExport in batch is almost identical to STExport on line except for answering questions When STExport asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Therefore STExport does not expect an answer from stdin STExport assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it
229. mdd collates sorts correctly if the date is not beyond December 31 1999 Given the current date of 981210 numerically this is less than next year whose date value is 991210 At the turn of the century dates in the yymmdd format or yymm will no longer sort correctly because the value of December 10 2000 001210 is less than 981210 Consequently if we have a date beyond 1999 stored in yymmdd format a relative Operation such as gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 will not find the date of December 10 2000 You will need to use the stddate function to make this task work correctly gt if Sstddate date field gt date 98 12 10 48 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool How Do Today and Date Work Suprtool s date functions date and today are a short hand method of generating a numeric constant So a date selection like gt item invoice date date YYMMDD gt if invoice date lt Stoday is exactly the same as gt if invoice date lt 980401 on Ist April 1998 Suprtool does record selection on the numeric value of the field and not on the implied date value If we move the calendar ahead to January 1 2000 and do the same commands as above the result would the same as if you had typed gt if invoice date lt 000101 on Ist January 2000 If you have some invoice dates from the previous century e g 990101 for December Ist 1999
230. mmand gt select from sales gt output result link gt xeq Now the data file result has the same field names as the Sales table Suprtool can read this data file and know about the fields automatically gt input result gt if sales _total gt 20000 and product _price lt 5000 gt output custlist gt xeq Define Fields in a Data File A regular data file does not have any field information associated with it If you need to work with the fields in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields using 10 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool the Define command For example say you have a data file with lines that look like this 12345678John Rutherford lt 32 gt 98765432Catherine Smith lt 29 gt Account First name Last name Age 8 byt 12 byt 16 byte 2 byte integer Use these Define commands to tell Suprtool about the fields gt input datafile reclen 38 1f gt define account Ts 8 byte gt define first_name 9 12 byte gt define last_name 21 16 byte gt define age 37 Ap ant field name Length Start Data type position Now you can use the field names account first name last_name and age to refer to the corresponding parts of the line just as if this were a database record gt input datafile gt define gt if age gt 65 gt ext account last _name gt output result gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File
231. mmand of Dbedit Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Notes For IMAGE manual master datasets a DBDELETE call fails if the entry to be deleted is a chain head with related detail entries still linked to it When this happens Suprtool by default prints an error and stops processing the input data If Set Dumponerror On the record is printed on stdlist If Set Ignore On has been entered Suprtool continues processing and prints a count of chain heads at the end Records that cannot be deleted are not included in the output file Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 75 Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL DO start stop 1 atning ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples gt listredo see the previous 20 commands gt do do previous command again gt do 39 do command line 39 again gt do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again gt do list do most recent List command gt do grep do last starting with grep gt do gr
232. mmands without an If command In this case Suprtool asks your permission to delete a input records Answer No to this question to abort the task It may be possible to remove duplicates from an input dataset using Suprtool but only through roundabout methods These are too case specific to document here If you need to do this call Robelle technical support for assistance Self Describing Files When you are using the Count or Total options the sort information is not retained in the output file This means that if your output file is in LINK format there are no sort keys If you are going to use this file from Suprlink use the BY clause of the LINK command to manually specify the sort keys Non Self Describing Files If the input file is not a self describing file and you are using Count or Total you also need to extract all the fields from the file You can quickly extract the fields by defining a new field that contains the entire record For example if your records are 56 bytes long then you do the following to extract all the fields Suprtool Commands e 79 gt define entire 1 56 byte gt extract entire Output Restrictions When you are using the Count and Total options the only Output formats that you can use are Data Data Num Query and Link If you want to quickly see the Count or Total results without using a second pass use the List Standard command gt select from table gt sort key field gt duplicate non
233. n easily work with it later gt input transactions self describing file gt ext cust_account gt sort cust_account need to sort by key gt dup none keys count total sales_total gt list standard gt out result link gt xeg The output file contains three fields The first field is the cust_account that we extracted Suprtool created two new fields at the end of each output record st count and st total 1 St count contains the number of times each cust_account occurred while st total 1 contains the total sales for each cust_account Sort by Count or Subtotal When Suprtool counts or subtotals the output is sorted according to the key fields If you want your output file to be sorted by the count or by a total you must process the output file with a second task The following example sorts the previous file of totals by ST COUNT We choose a descending sort sequence so that we can see first the customers with the largest number of orders gt input result input from previous task gt sort st count desc highest counts appear first gt list standard produce a simple report gt xeq Total by Field If you want to get a single total for a field without caring about subtotals on sort breaks you can use the Total command Total prints out the result on stdlist For example to compute the total sales value for 2000 transactions use these commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprt
234. n it inserts a lt file gt and matching lt file gt at the beginning and the end of the file Then STExport encloses each record from the input file in a lt record gt and lt record gt tag Finally the Self Describing tags are added around each field s data values and edited appropriately Naturally users would want options to customize and specify the various options and tags themselves in order to generate a file that is acceptable to their tools Version You can specify the version tag at the beginning of the XML file with the following command STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the version string Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Doctype A Document Type Declaration can be made at the beginning of the file via the DOCTYPE specification This typically tells whatever tool that is parsing the xml file where the DTD for the file resides In STExport you can specify simple one line doctype specs with the following command xml doctype DOCTYPE address book SYSTEM address book dtd This will write the doctype specification at the top of the output file directly after the XML version specification File You can customize the file tags with the following command commands xml file orders STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the File string Record You can customize the record tags with the following command commands xml record
235. nder HP UX Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool numbers to their IEEE floating point equivalents You can do this by using the Extract command on Suprtool MPE run suprtool pub robelle gt base gt get gt define gt extract sample customer ieee credit rating 1 4 ieee cust no name first name last ieee credit rating mpefile gt extract gt extract gt extract gt out gt xeq credit rating The Classic and IEEE floating point formats are not identical Be sure to check the IEEE values after converting them from Classic floating point Input from Stdlist In Suprtool MPE input means read the input data from the stdin input device This is usually a job stream and data is terminated by an EOD symbol Suprtool UX does not support reading data from stdin via Input or any other method If you need to create temporary data in the middle of a script it is easy to use a temporary file For example the following script creates a temporary file writes three lines of data to it then uses this file as input to Suprtool UX At the end of the script we make sure that we remove the temporary file that we created bin sh datafile mktemp 1234567 Line 1 gt gt Sdatafile 2345678 Line 2 gt gt datafile 3456789 Line 3 gt gt Sdatafile echo echo echo suprtool lt lt EOD input Sdatafile rec 14 1f define key piel define line 857 extract key extract lin
236. ngs with the data columns We suggest specifying heading strings with the same length as the fields they represent while taking into account the space between the data columns In our example we enter one column heading per line using Suprtool s continuation character amp standard heading 1 2 E field is X12 Account amp field is Z8 First Name amp field is X10 Last Name field is X16 We included one space between fields Note that an extra space was needed for the Account heading it is an 8 digit field but we used 10 characters Because cust account is a zoned decimal field an extra space is required for the sign Printing Mailing Labels You can print mailing labels by combining the Extract command with the List Oneperline command We assume that each mailing label starts with two blank lines followed by the customer name and address followed by another blank line The Suprtool commands to produce the labels are as follows gt select from customer input customers gt extract first field gt extract second field gt extract customer name name first gt extract street_address 1 three lines of address gt extract street_address 2 gt extract street_address 3 gt extract last blank field gt list oneperline noname noskip norec gt xeg The extract 24 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool l
237. nibbles there are two nibbles in each byte The last nibble is the sign of the number The remaining nibbles must each contain a number in the range 0 9 A zoned decimal number must have a valid digit in each byte and end in 0 9 A R or Selecting Non Matches 254 e Introduction to Suprlink Consider a common problem easily solved with Quiz from Cognos finding all records in a file which have no corresponding records in a related file For example to find all records in an invoice lines file with no corresponding invoice master record the following Quiz code could be written Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual gt access lines link to header optional gt select if not record header exists gt report invoiceno of lines gt go This small amount of code however can take a long time to execute depending on the size of the Lines and Header files A Quiz program will usually take longer as new links are added causing the size of the record complex to grow Suprlink can provide the same information possibly in a fraction of the time The technique as applied to the same problem requires four steps 1 Sort the Lines file by Invoiceno 2 Add a new constant field Linkflag to the Header file and fill it with Y Sort by Invoiceno 3 Link the two files with Suprlink using the Optional parameter 4 Select the record complexes where linkflag does not contain a Y opt robelle bin suprtool gt open o
238. nocnnonnconononconnconoc nono nono n ron nrnnnrnnronn ninas 42 Restrictions of SD Flia dls 42 Suprtooland Sorting Files A a RO Se eee E 43 Suprtool and Personal Computers ccccccesccsseesseeseeeeeeesceseeeecesecesecaeeseecaeecaeeeaeeeeeeeeeserenerens 43 Downloading to the Pla e dana UE an de 43 Decimal Placa des Tags 43 Spread o e 43 Paradox Database da WA eet Sn dl 44 Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications ccceecceesceesceeecesecesecesecseeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeserenaeeeeenaees 44 Suprtool with Quiz OTP xix cau ccsrh hanes bad aie Ran a wa gunn deeb 44 Step 1 Create a Subfile with QuiZ ooonoonncnnincnccnoocnonnconnconcconcnn nono nonn nono nonnnnnnnnnncn nono 45 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool oooconoocnonicoconnnonnoonconoconocononnncon nono nonnnonn non i 45 Step 3 Report with Quiz noia di ade ie 45 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Contents e iii iv e Index Using QTP to Create Subfiles c cc ecccesesseceseceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeseeeeeseneseneeeeesaees 45 Creating Subfile with Script File o ooonoonncnncnncnnccnnocnonnconoconoconocnncon non nono ronnrrnnnnnnnnos 45 Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands cceccceeceessceseceseeeeceseceseceecaeeeaeeeneeneeennees 46 Year 2000 Solutions with SuprtoOl ooonoonncnninnincnoocnoonconnconcconconncon noo nonnnonn rn non rra nro nn cnn ncnnnnnnnos 46 What If I Have Four Digit Years ccccccecscesscesceesceesceeeceeceseceseceecseeensess
239. nput record Often you select a subset of the input records using the If command Only selected records are passed to the processing stage and the output choice Processing Selections If you do not specify any processing the input records are quickly copied to the output choice Some of your processing choices are 1 Sort the records into ascending or descending sequence Sort or Key No records are output until all of the selected input records have been sorted 2 Total one or more input record fields Total 3 Remove or select duplicate records Duplicate Output Choices Usually you wish to extract a subset of your records to feed into a report program so the default output file is a data file The default output file format matches the input file format unless you use the Extract command You can specify different formats for the output file by qualifying the Output command To have readable ASCII output use output xxx ascii To produce self describing files use Output xxx Link Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 35 By default every output record is identical to the corresponding input record The Extract command assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from the input records With the Extract command you can insert constant values into the output record Each output record is written to the output choice You can also see a formatted listing of each record with the List command Large File
240. nput source XEQ XEQ amp Notes After the Xeq Suprtool processes the task and accepts commands to specify another task Compare this with the Exit command which stops Suprtool after processing the input After an Xeq command all parameters of Suprtool are reset to their initial values except any database that is left open the Set options and the Defined fields even though their calculated offsets are not guaranteed to be correct for the next file processed Examples gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt output mcstfile gt xeg copies Customer to Mestfile gt select from orders gt output allorders gt xeg copies Orders to Allorders gt exit terminate no task to do last Xeq could have been Exit 182 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Calculator Command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Evaluates an expression and prints the result in one of several formats expression 0 D B H A expression O D B H A amp Any command that begins with an equal sign is treated as an expression to be evaluated An expression consists of numbers and operators followed by an optional display format The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately on stdlist 20 add two numbers together Resul 20 multiply the same numbers Res
241. nstants 86 display fields maintaining the sign 94 Display option 142 division by zero 92 109 Do command 76 206 264 double quotes 225 double sided printing 133 downshifting strings 94 Dumponerror Set option 159 Duplicate and non SD files 79 Duplicate command 77 duplicate field names 273 duplicate keys order of sort 43 duplicate output file 32 duplicate records 77 146 duplicates removing 77 duplicates saving 77 dynamic dataset expansion 97 98 dynamic Web pages 215 E EBCDIC conversions 95 Edit command 81 EDSdate 124 Else clause of the IF command 103 end of file IMAGE 159 endrecord parameter 100 121 Eofread Set option 159 equal to sign 286 289 Erase option of Output 256 273 erasing files 140 error block size 285 error messages in Suprtool 187 287 Index e 295 error code overflow 119 error data overflow 118 escape character 106 Euro currency symbol 87 example of Suprlink 252 exclam 198 exclamation mark 260 Exit command 82 182 207 235 Exit command Suprlink 265 280 exit with verify 30 249 exiting from batch jobs 82 Export command 84 Extract command 22 85 Extract command decimal places 86 extracting a range 89 extracting bits 95 extracting dates 87 extracting records 103 F field parameter 69 85 175 287 field type 128 Fieldname Heading command 211 file name parameter 120 140 file names hardcoded 31 191 247 file system error 187 Filecode Set option 159
242. o command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples lA AL Ed fd not found fd is not spelled right redo most recent command last command is printed you enter changes to it the edited command is shown you press Return listredo all redo 5 red redo 5th command in stack o redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo redo 8th through 10th redo redo 10 through last redo redo last rm command redo redo redo last rm temp redo last containing temp Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 6 01
243. o be aware This appendix describes both kinds of messages and gives a partial list of warning messages Errors are defined as conditions which immediately prevent Suprtool from continuing or which allow it to complete a task and then stop because continuing would likely cause undesirable or erroneous results When Suprtool detects a serious error condition such as a syntax error in a command a file system error or a sort error it prints an error message For example Error Unknown command name try HELP Error Unable to open gt OUTPUT file Finding Errors Automatically If you have software that scans spool files for error conditions have it look for Error File System Errors When a file system error occurs Suprtool prints the HP UX error message An error during processing terminates the current task exceptions bad data with an If command when Set Ignore is On Arithmetic Trap Abort If Suprtool should Abort with Parm 99x an error has been detected in the Arithmetic Trap Routine This should never happen so please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it This condition is considered an error if the input is from a source other than disc Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 187 Warnings Command entered is not a valid Suprtool command and MPE access has been disabled See Set Limits command Normally
244. oa and atoe functions e They do not work with either the ASCII or PRN output options e You cannot extract an EBCDIC constant The following example would produce an error message gt extract Setoa char field abcdef e You cannot extract a range of fields using etoa or atoe Notes The Extract command is valid only with e Output xxx data e Output xxx data num e Output xxx query e Output xxx link e Output xxx ascii e Output xxx prn The Extract occurs logically after the sort phase if any but prior to the final Output Put or List An If command can refer to fields of the input record that are not included in the extracted output record The sort keys can be fields that are not among those extracted If the extracted record length is shorter than the input record length Suprtool attempts to speed up sorts by doing the extract before sorting Suprtool can only do the extract before sorting if the output option is DATA the default QUERY or LINK and all of the sort keys are included in the Extracted fields One advantage of not using the Extract command is that the output file from Suprtool has exactly the same format as the input dataset which created the file You can then use the setname option of the Input command to define all of the fields in the output file Even if you change your database structure many of your job streams that use Suprtool and the setname option will not have to be changed Suprtool 4 6 for
245. ol normally allows any user with the proper access capabilities to add records to a database To prevent users from accidentally updating their database we provide the following setting within Suprtool gt set limits ReadOnly On The ReadOnly setting once turned on cannot be turned off for the current run of Suprtool This disables all commands that potentially change data for the specified database If Set Limits ReadOnly is enabled then the Add command in Suprtool will return an appropriate error message You can Set Limits Readonly on the command line using the c option For example the following command file can be used to restrict who has write access to a given database In this example only the root user is allowed write access if SUSER root then opt robelle bin suprtool else opt robelle bin suprtool c set limits readonly on fi List SET LIST option value Use Set List to configure default values for the List command You can configure the default date time and format for LaserJet listings Suprtool Commands e 161 162 e Suprtool Commands List Date SET LIST Date number Initially 0 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 Use Set List Date to specify a different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats a
246. ommand Here is a typical use of List to find any entries in the Customer table that do not have a valid value for status gt open oracle demo reader input from a database gt select from customer read this table gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt list print bad entries gt xeq Format You can override the defaults with a specification in the List command e g List Hex Char If the input source is not self describing and no Extract command is specified the default output format is Octal Char which also shows both input and output record numbers Decimal Places The List command formats numbers using the implied number of decimal places For example the following Suprtool commands format the unit cost with two decimal Suprtool Commands e 131 132 e Suprtool Commands points We specify the Rightjustnum keyword because numbers with decimal points are hard to read if they are left justified Listing Record Numbers The Norec keyword prevents the printing of the input and output record numbers The input record numbers are not printed if Output xxx Data is used and the file is sorted Listing One Field per Line Suprtool normally attempts to list more than one field on every line of list output The Oneperline keyword causes every field to be shown on a different line Listing without Field Names Noname When Suprtool knows the record structure of the output file it shows th
247. onstant is shorter than the field to which it is being compared the constant is padded with blanks String constants are expected for fields of type BYTE U or X but numeric constants are expected for fields of type Z zoned decimal gt if field check for all blanks gt if field double quotes are okay gt if field so are single quotes If you want to compare for a quote itself you include two quotes in the string for each quote you want gt if field AB CD look for AB CD Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you compare the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads the constant with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt if field 0 binary zero gt if field G Control G bell gt if field 221 escape gt if field 252 Roman 8 box To look for null values or low values in byte fields it is usually sufficient to check the first byte for a binary zero Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt define first byte bigfield 1 byte gt if first byte 0 Subscripts Use subscripts to access individual items in repeated fields or to access substrings Numeric Subscripts For repeated numeric fields only one index is allowed If Table ha
248. ontain a number For example if you have a six character byte field that looks like this 012345 you can define it in the following manner gt def display field 1 6 display This field can then be converted to any of the other numeric types that Suprtool supports If the field is six characters and contains blanks you would have to pad the field with zeros so that Suprtool can manipulate the field as a display field Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost dept Correct gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost gt extract dept Extracting Bits The Extract command can be used to define individual bits from one data item as separate fields order shipped 1 2 int order paid AL 2 1nt order shipped status field 0 1 order paid status field 1 1 This makes it easier to check the status of certain bits within a given field EBCDIC Conversions Use the etoa or atoe functions to convert specific fields from EBCDIC to ASCII or vice versa Each of these functions accepts a single parameter that is a byte type field Extract SETOA char field Suprtool Commands e 95 96 e Suprtool Commands Extract ATOE char field There are several restrictions on the et
249. onth day Suprtool checks the date s validity To select the transactions for January 1999 you would do the following gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1999 01 01 and trans date lt date 1999 01 31 Relative Dates You can specify a relative date using the date function Then you can create job streams that don t rely on hard coded dates The general syntax of the date function is date year month day The year can be a specific number e g 2000 or an asterisk for the current year To specify a relative year you add or subtract years from the one you specified gt if field date 2000 01 01 January 1 2000 gt if field Sdate 2000 1 01 01 January 1 1999 gt if field date 1 01 01 January 1 last year The month can be a specific number e g 6 for June or an asterisk for the current month To specify a relative month you add or subtract months from the one you specified field date 2000 06 1 01 May 1 2000 field date 01 start of current year and month field date 1 01 start of last month field date 18 exactly eighteen months ago The day can be a specific number e g 15 an asterisk for the current day the word first for the first day of the month or the word last for the last day of the month You cannot add or subtract relative days use today instead gt if field date 2001 01 first January 1 2001
250. ool asks a question that requires a YES or NO answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO Special Characters 288 e Glossary of Terms Special Characters Certain non alpha and non numeric characters like gt and have special meaning within Suprtool See the descriptions that follow As well the term special designates a class of characters in the If command Means Stdinx Stdlist in the Input command means to read input from stdinx MPE only in the Output command means to write the output to stdlist gt input MPE only gt output Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Means Equals or Calculate in the If command means EQUALS gt if customer 40832 in commands means calculate something 10 25 Result 35 0 in the Output command means to write the sorted input file back into itself gt input myfile key 1 10 gt output input MPE only lt Means Less Than lt in the If command means is one field less than another field or constant value gt if balance lt 10000 By combining lt and you get less than or equals gt if balance lt 10000 gt Means Greater Than or Enter A Command gt is used for two purposes in Suprtool As the Suprtool prompt character e g gt Input actrec To mean greater than in an If command e g if balance gt 10000 Combining gt and gives gt for greater than
251. ool e 21 gt select from sales gt if purch date gt 000101 and purch_date lt 001231 gt total sales total gt output null gt xeq Listing Records You can print selected input records either formatted or with the Octal Hex Decimal or Character representations To dump all sales records with a negative amount use these commands gt select from sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list lp gt xeq This finds the entries that meet the selection criteria and prints them to the default line printer showing column names and column values converted to ASCII If you suspect that your data is bad you can dump the records in Octal Char format instead gt select from sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list octal char gt xeq If you want the listing in column format use List Standard gt select from sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list standard lp gt xeq Changing the Output Record Format You can change the output file record format by using the Extract command The Extract command causes Suprtool to assemble Output records by stringing together fields extracted from Input records You would use the following to extract two of the nine fields from the customer records gt select from customer input from a table gt extract cust_account extract the key value and gt extract credit rating one other field gt output outl output file will have two fields gt xeq You can easil
252. ool prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdout Suprtool assumes that it is in batch Suprtool in batch is almost identical to Suprtool on line except for answering questions When Suprtool asks a question in batch it does not expect an answer from stdin because no one is there to answer Suprtool assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that completes the command successfully This is normally a yes answer as in yes purge the file Suprtool prints the question on stdout as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool You can invoke Suprtool UX with various options The syntax for invoking Suprtool UX is suprtool cv Initial Command Line ccmdstring You can specify commands by using the c option followed by the actual commands There must be no space between the c and the command list Running Suprtool under HP UX 29 If there is a space within the command the whole command must be enclosed in single or double quotation marks otherwise the quotation marks are optional Here are some examples suprtool c use usefile suprtool c set prompt Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many records Suprtool has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to stoutcount After a successful task Suprtool writes the number of output records to th
253. ool returns a non zero value as its result In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode For example if the output file is a duplicate file name Suprtool automatically answers yes to the question asking you to purge the existing file Pseudo Batch Tasks During a canned on line task such as passing usefiles to Suprtool you can fool Suprtool into responding YES to operational questions For example if one of the canned tasks requires Suprtool to output myfile erase then Suprtool asks the question ERASE all records from this OUTPUT file no You can avoid typing yes in response to this question by invoking Suprtool with Ssuprtool lt filename Blocksize The block size of a file is the record length multiplied by the blocking factor MPE permits block sizes up to 32 000 words but Suprtool restricts the total block size When copying an MPE file the maximum block size of either the input or output file is 14 336 words If Suprtool detects an input or output file with a block size larger than 14 336 words it prints one of the following error message The input blocksize is greater than 14336 words The output blocksize is greater than 14336 words Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 285 286 e Glossary of Terms Calculator Suprtool Suprlink and Stexport and Dbedit treat any line that begins with an equal sign as an expression to be eva
254. or equal to lt gt Means Not Equals In the If command use the two characters lt gt to mean not equals gt if status lt gt 01 Means Matches Pattern In the If command use the two characters when you want to check a field for a pattern of characters For example to select records where the customer name contains the word THOMPSON somewhere use gt if name THOMPSONG gt lt Means Mismatches Pattern In the If command use the two characters gt lt when you want to select records that fail to match a pattern of characters gt if address gt lt CANADAG Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 289 290 e Glossary of Terms Means Match Anything in a Pattern The At Sign character is used in patterns to indicate that Suprtool should accept anything in that position For example gt if name ROBERT The matches lt null gt ROBERT is a valid match it matches one character ROBERTA is a valid match it matches multiple characters ROBERT M GREEN and The ROBERT E LEE are valid matches Means Number in Patterns or Prompt Character for the Edit Command is used in patterns to match a single numeric character gt if type REC look for REC followed by 2 digits is used by the Edit command on MPE to prompt for commands gt edit MPE only list d inventory is used in the Get and Input commands to read eve
255. ords have duplicates both the originals and their duplicates are omitted from the report Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 3333 e 2222 c 2222 ada 3333 e You have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the desired output file Result that contains only the unique records 18 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt extract keyfield gt dup only keys gt output dupfile gt xeq gt get dataset gt table dup table keyfield sorted dupfile gt if not Slookup dup table keyfield gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals This performs the opposite function to the one outlined above It keeps only the duplicates and their originals Input Result 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 c 2222 c 2222 d 2222 d 3333 e Once again you have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the output file Result that contains only duplicate files and their originals gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt extract keyfield gt dup only keys gt output dupfile link gt xeq from table dup_table keyfield sorted dupfile lookup dup_table keyfield result
256. ort field for an extract task using an explicit byte position in the record not a field name See the Sort command for specifying sort fields by table column name or Defined field or by field name in an SD file Up to 20 Sort and Key commands may be specified per extract task the first is the major sort field KEY byteposition bytelen type DESC KEY byteposition bytelen type DESC Default type BYTE ASCENDING order Parameters Desc specifies that the field is to be sorted in Descending order The byteposition is a number between 1 and the length of the input records specifying where the sort field begins The bytelen parameter is a number from to the length of the record specifying how long the sort field is The type is a word that gives the desired data type of the field for sorting purposes Type Description BYTE unsigned straight compare INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned like BYTE 2 characters CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Key command also accepts FPOINT as the data type for IEEE numbers Examples The first example sorts an integer PIC S9 4 COMP field which starts on the 11th byte of the input record We sort the entire input file based on one key gt input bigfile r 40 1f input from a disc file
257. ort to format invalid dates by using the Invalid option of the Date command If you specify STExport will produce a zero length field if you specify Column Variable and spaces if you specify Column Fixed If you want to specify an explicit string for all invalid dates do so after the Invalid option For example date invalid will cause STExport to produce a string of five percent signs for any invalid date Example First use Suprtool to create the input file with the appropriate date attributes gt get d sales gt item deliv date date mmddyyyy gt item purch date date mmddyyyy gt output dsales link gt xeq Then use STExport to read the dsales file Specify Date ddmmyyyy which causes all valid dates to be formatted in day month year format with a dash as the separator input dsales Sdate ddmmyyyy Soutput dexport Sxeq Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 203 Decimal Command DEC Specify the format for the decimal place in numeric fields DECIMAL PERIOD COMMA DECIMAL PERIOD COMMA Default Period The fields in the input file The Decimal command specifies what separator will be used to indicate the decimal must have been created with place in numeric fields In North America the custom is to indicate the decimal decimal places using place in numbers with a period Outside North America the custom is to indicate Suprtool s Item command the
258. ou will have to decide where the new HTML file will reside When someone connects to your Web site the server software spawns child processes using a userid and groupid defined in the srm conf NCSA or httpd conf CERN configuration file This user must have read and write access to the directory specified in STExport s Output command This directory must also be accessible by the server software as defined in the configuration file For security reasons 1t is not recommended that you create these files in the server s root directory Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual You can configure a default html directory for example userdir entry in CERN for individual users When the URL contains a user construct the server knows it has to look for the default directory under the user s home directory Let us assume the default is public_html You could create a public_html directory under the home directory for the userid specified in the configuration file Another option is to create a new user on your system with the same directory structure whose sole purpose would be to hold these dynamic HTML files For example create a user called htmluser whose home directory would be lusers htmluser Create a users htmluser public_html directory Directory permissions should be read write for user group and others The URL to read these would then be http www mycompany com htmluser filename html Shell Script Suprtool and STExport will
259. own listed on several lines 6 Dot dot dot indicates that the variable may be repeated many times in the command 7 Other special characters literal symbols that must appear in the command as they are shown in the format example the comma above Some commas in Suprtool are optional In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Software Updates As HP continues to release new versions of MPE and HP UX you might be wondering how all these operating system changes affect tools such as Suprtool This is just one reason to have our software support This service entitles you to many benefits including regular updates of Suprtool Each release includes new features as well as providing support for a changing HP environment If you are a second site within a large organization you can either pay for your own support or get support and updates from your internal central site News Memos Do you receive a copy of What s Up DOCumentation our regular news memo about Robelle MPE and HP UX We distribute our news memos only to sites with current service Your copy may be going to your corporate headquarters New in Version 4 6 01 e Suprtool would incorrectly coerce large negative numbers from a Packed field to another Packed or Display field e Suprtool would fail with prefetch point failure if the file had an uneven record size and an uneven blocking facter e STExport now properly converts th
260. p with a file that looks like this File SALESO6 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 DELIV DATE X6 9 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 15 PRODUCT PRICE 12 23 PURCH_DATE X6 27 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY Il 33 SALES TAX 12 35 SALES TOTAL 12 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You then add the century to these fields as described above Year 2000 Testing Testing software to see if it works in the year 2000 and beyond is difficult Currently there are three software tools that change the software date for specific sessions or applications making it easier to test software for year 2000 compliance The four tools are 1 Hourglass from Allegro Consultants Inc 2 Time Machine from SolutionSoft Systems Inc 3 Setdate from the HP Jazz machine on the Web 4 TimeWarp 3000 from Omnisolutions All versions of Suprtool work with Hourglass but versions previous to 4 0 13 did not work with Time Machine Setdate or TimeWarp This version of Suprtool now works with all these tools Note that this change only applies to non expiring versions of Suprtool Expiring versions of Suprtool such as trials pre releases and products obtained through VARs do not work with Time Machine or Setdate Performance Issues Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool HP UX sites use Suprtool because it provides access to their data many times faster than they are used to Suprtool also enables them
261. pecified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Examples comment You began to specify a linkage stopped for comment coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return input invoices coffee break texit abort cancel linkage and terminate Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in Suprlink UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current linkage task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside Suprlink ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves Suprlink when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples opt robelle bin suprlink texit no input was specified End Of Program opt robelle bin suprlink input invoices link customer output invcust texit link and stop Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 265 Form Command F Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file Suprlink shows the byte offset of each field after the subcoun
262. places For example gt item tax decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt item total decimal 2 same gt extract tax 1 02 specified decimal pts gt extract total 100 value stored as 10000 gt output out3 Blank Fill If you want to create an output record that consists of fifty blanks followed by the customer name use gt define filler 1 50 gt ext filler gt ext name String Constants You can specify a string constant without referring to a field For example to leave a space between fields you must do the following gt extract account rating gt output ascii Suprtool uses the length of the string to determine the size of the field The following example extracts the same fields as the previous example but each output record identifies the field gt extract Customer Account account gt extract Credit Rating rating gt output ascii The output would look like 86 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Customer Account 04598921 Credit Rating Customer Account 44657844 Credit Rating Customer Account 98753198 Credit Rating The spaces after Credit Rating before the rating value is due to the numeric field Rating being extracted with blanks for its leading zeros This is the result of the Ascii option of the Output command Repeated Fields If the field is an IMAGE repeated field e g 10J1 the Extract command places the value in each of the repea
263. previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL DO scarce Df sees 1 1 atning ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo do do previous command again do 39 do command line 39 again do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again do input do most recent Input command do 2 do command before previous do 7 5 do by relative line number do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 206 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit STExport in one of three ways By default perform the current task if any then leave STExport Users are often frustrated when they exit STExport after specifying part of a task and STExport starts processing the task To avoid this situation use the Abort or Suspend op
264. prtool UX lfcheck SET IFCHECK ON OFF Initially ON With Set Ifcheck On the If command produces an error if any field used in the If command is not contained entirely within the input file record For compatibility reasons users may wish to disable this error checking by turning Set Ifcheck Off Ignore SET IGNORE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX ItemAbbreviateDate SET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF Initially ON The specification of the Date format within the Item command by default expects the entire keyword For example for the date format of Calendar you would have to specify the entire token of Calendar If you Set ItemAbbreviateDate On you would only have to specify CAL for the Calendar date format Interactive SET INTERACTIVE ON OFF Initially depends If you run Suprtool from a session Set Interactive is On If you run Suprtool from a batch job or with Stdin or Stdlist re directed Set Interactive is Off When it is On Suprtool waits for answers to questions and continues processing even if there are errors When it is Off Suprtool aborts on any error assumes the correct answer to any question and generally acts as if there is not an intelligent being typing in the command Suprtool chooses the correct answer which allows the task to continue In most cases this is the default answer However there are cases where Suprtool picks a different answer from the default For example an outp
265. pting for portions of an If command When the If command with read is the last command in a usefile Suprtool satisfies the read from stdinx The read function can appear anywhere in which a space can appear so you can use this to prompt the user for values gt use prompt use gt in sdfile first line of usefile gt if status read and amp continue the If command state Sread last line of the usefile SiO prompt for status end of prompt for status AZ prompt for state CAN user must remember comma OR user also enters quotes end of the second read Notes Suprtool is not designed to be used by end users We prefer that you write intelligent front ends that understand user applications and hide the details of Suprtool from end users We recommend that you use read from usefiles only for one time tasks or for tasks used by experienced Suprtool users who do not require a friendly user interface Suprtool Commands e 119 Input Command I 120 e Suprtool Commands Opens the file that will be the input source for the next extract task The file must contain fixed length records with or without a line feed separator If you are selecting records the selection parameters must appear after any Reclen LF or NOLF parameters The record length is the length of the data portion of each record not including the line feed If you specify LF Suprtool UX includes the line feed as part of the data by
266. ption 132 List Standard option 134 List Time default 163 List Time option 134 List Title option 133 listing 22 listing formats 131 listing one per line 132 listing with subheadings 135 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual listing without field names 132 listing producing simple reports 134 listing suppressing blank lines 132 Listredo command 137 223 272 literals in the output file 85 Lock Set option 163 locking IMAGE 163 long expressions 118 Lotus 1 2 3 143 low values 106 lower case 94 112 LP device 135 MACS date format 124 mailing labels 24 manual for Suprlink 190 246 mapped file access in Suprlink 276 Mapped Set option 276 master dataset expansion 98 match pattern 289 maximum block size in Suprtool 285 maximum delimiter length 243 maximum heading length 243 maximum input block size 283 maximum input record length 243 283 maximum link block size 283 maximum link fields 283 maximum link files 283 maximum link record length 283 maximum output fields 284 maximum output record length 243 284 maximum size HTML files 214 MDX 98 means range of fields 292 missing comma error 91 93 mixed case comparisons 112 mode parameter 63 146 modulo operator 90 108 MPE commands disabling access 161 MPE vs HP UX 32 MPE restricting 161 multidataset access 2 multiple commands per line 59 291 multiple search values 171 N native language support 164 negative value 94 news memos 4 NL
267. put file In the following example we sort by agent and by bill date in descending order but only check for duplicates at the agent level gt sort agent sort by agent gt sort bill date desc sort by date gt duplicate none keys 1 only check for duplicate agents gt output agents create roster of agents Count The Count option causes Suprtool to produce a new field in the output record with the number of occurrences of each key value The count field is called st count and is an 12 type field The Count option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys Input Output 1111 1111 10 2222 2222 29 two records for key value 2222 2222 3333 48 3333 Total The Total option allows up to 15 fields to be subtotaled for each duplicate key Separate the fields with spaces not commas The Total option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys A new field is created at the end of the output record for each total Each field is called st total n gt sort customer no gt extract customer no gt duplicate none keys total sales qty sales amt The above commands will create a self describing file with the field customer no and the total by each customer of the sales qty in the field st total 1 Similarly the field st total 2 will contain the total sales amt by customer number The following data types are chosen for each total based on the data type of the field 78 e Suprtool Comm
268. r F since there are no other commands that start with F Duplicate however can be abbreviated only to DU since there is also a Define command in Suprtool gt i sdfile Input command gt 1 List command gt x Xeq command Uppercase or Lowercase You can enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprtool upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes e g abc and disc file names These two commands are identical gt EXTRACT QTY Multiple Commands per Line You can enter several commands on a single line if you separate them with semicolons An entire task can be placed on one input line Suprtool Commands e 59 The maximum command that may be specified in the Info parameter of the Run command is 80 characters You may also use MPE s COMMENT command to enter comment lines 60 e Suprtool Commands gt in sdfile out new xeq gt in sdfile if cust status lt gt 10 20 30 list x Caution Suprtool cannot distinguish between several commands on one line and several commands entered on several lines This is not a problem when using Suprtool in batch as Suprtool stops executing when an error occurs But when using Suprtool interactively specifying multiple commands separated by a semicolon Suprtool keeps on parsing the rest of the line after it finds an error For example if you misspell the fldname when you type the following gt get dsetname if fldname va
269. r HP UX command Define Get Numrecs SOrt expression DELete Help OPen TAble DO IF Output Total DUplicate Input Put UPdate EDit ITem Q Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Suprtool Components Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool The Suprtool package consists not only of Suprtool but also of other programs that perform useful database functions These other programs are STExport and Suprlink STExport Data Export Utility STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Welcome to Suprtool e 1 Documentation 2 e Welcome to Suprtool Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts Summary of the STExport commands Before Form Quote Verify Columns Heading Redo Xeq Date Help Reset Xml Delimiter HTML Set Zero DO Input Sign expression Exit LISTREDO Spaces OS command Floating Output Use Suprlink Multidataset Access Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Suprlink is not a set of callable routines To use it you must run Suprlink Pub Robelle or use Suprtool s Link command Rath
270. r HP UX chapter for notes on how change this default Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 261 Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL BEFORE start stop Siria ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples 11 fd fd is a typo fd not found Before redo most recent command Ed last command is printed s you enter changes to it l Sa the edited command is shown you press Return listredo 10 before 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th 6 ls redo last ls command tb ls redo Is command b redo last containing tbefore 2 redo command before previous before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones a
271. r the equal sign in the If command A match is made if a customer matches any one of the values in the list gt select from order_details gt if cust no 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq If we wanted to find orders for all customers except 1234 9876 and 5555 we would simply change the equal sign in the If command to a not equal sign A match is made if a customer does not match any values in the list gt select from order_details gt if cust_no lt gt 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data Based on a File If you have a large list of values in a file you can load them into Suprtool and select data based on this list First use the Table command to load values from an external file into a table Then use the lookup function of the If command to match data to the table Suppose our list is in a self describing file called Custlist We create a program temporary table called cust_table Note that this is not the same as an Oracle table gt select from order_details gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt if lookup cust_table cust_no gt output orders gt xeq If you want to find all customers not on the list just negate the If condition Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 15 gt if not lookup cust_table cust_no Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria Sometimes you need to find data from on
272. racle demo reader Recover SET RECOVER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially none Commands that you enter at the Suprtool prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit Suprtool This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprtool invocations Set Redo allows you to assign a permanent file as the redo stack The redo stack is then available for future Suprtool invocations To assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter gt set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprtool creates it If it already exists Suprtool uses it All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprtool session As soon as you exit Suprtool the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprtool you will get the temporary stack If the filename is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you wish to have separate stacks If you wish to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprtool is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set
273. racle demo reader gt sel from lines gt sort invoiceno gt output filel link gt xeq gt sel header gt define linkflag 1 1 gt extract invoiceno linkflag Y gt sort invoiceno gt output file2 link gt exit opt robelle bin suprlink input filel link file2 optional output file3 exit opt robelle bin suprtool gt input file3 gt if linkflag lt gt Y gt extract invoiceno gt list standard gt exit Any invoice line with a corresponding record in the invoice Header file will have a Y in the linkflag field Records failing the match will contain the default space Suprlink with Quiz QTP Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can use Suprtool and Suprlink to improve the performance of PowerHouse applications For a complete discussion of how to use Suprtool and Quiz together refer to the Suprtool with Quiz QTP section of the Suprtool User Manual Suprlink can write to PowerHouse subfiles that have been created with Quiz or QTP Subfiles are self documenting files that contain a complete description of the file s record structure This information is stored in user labels in the file and is known as a mini dictionary When you access the subfile in Quiz its description is read from the mini dictionary You must ensure that the PowerHouse subfile description Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 255 256 e
274. rdfile gt def ship days 1 4 double gt def order days 1 4 double gt def delay 1 4 double gt ext order no gt ext ship days Sdays ship date gt ext order days Sdays order date gt ext delay Sdays ship date days order date gt out neword link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Invalid Dates If an invalid date is encountered the extracted value will be zero Therefore in the example above if the order has not yet been shipped ship date does not contain a valid date the resulting delay value will be negative Add and Subtract Dates With the days function you can generate a date that is n days before or after any date You only need to use two tasks the first to generate the desired date in JulianDay format and a second task to put that date into your format In the following example we show you how to get the previous day s date gt input YOURFILE gt def origdate 1 8 gt item origdate date yyyymmdd gt def jdate 1 4 int gt item jdate date julianday gt ext origdate gt ext jdate Sdays origdate or 7 for next week gt out tmpfile link gt xeq gt in tmpfile gt def yesterday 1 8 display your format here gt item yesterday date yyyymmdd gt ext origdate gt ext yesterday stddate jdate gt out result link gt xeg Sample output ORIGDATE YESTERDAY 19990101 19981231 19991231 19991230 19990301 19990228 Date Limits The date function in
275. re already in memory at that time 56 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Performance Summary Suprtool is a performance tool Not because every Suprtool command is always fast but because performance is one of our first concerns when adding new features to Suprtool We always look for the fastest way to do any task even if that means it can t be quite as flexible as other software tools Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 57 Suprtool Commands General Notes Do not enter the gt sign when typing commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool When you run Suprtool it prompts for commands with a gt character and reads command lines from the standard input device Suprtool commands contain a command name which may include one or more optional parameters that are each separated by commas In this chapter we describe the Suprtool commands in alphabetic order Each command name is followed by its minimal abbreviation in brackets For example D for Define and DU for Duplicate Most Suprtool commands work within the context of the input file In general the Base Chain Get Open Select and Input commands must be entered before other commands Once the input source has been specified commands can be entered in any order Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Form can be abbreviated as FO o
276. re as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 List PCL SET LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Initial amp Default 0 Use Set List PCL to configure the default format for LaserJet listings This option defines the List device as a PCL device and indicates the orientation and font for the report Set List PCL affects only the List command it is ignored by the Output command PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The LaserJet is one of the first PCL devices to be released by HP By default Suprtool assumes that your List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 PCL 1 To print the Suprtool List output in Landscape mode across the wide part of the paper with the tiny Lineprinter font 16 66 pitch or 8 lines per inch you should do the following this setting prints 175 columns per line gt comment Maximum of 175 columns with this font gt set list pcl 1 gt comment You will need LaserJet with proper font cartridge gt list device laser123 PCL 2 To print the listing in Courier font Landscape mode 6 lines per inch and 100 columns wide use gt set list pcl 2 gt list device laserjet PCL 3 This option selects the standard Portrait orientation with the Courier font of the LaserJet 80 columns across by 60 lines You would use Set List PCL 3 when you insert a Font
277. re or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 yymmdd and Beyond 1999 Because dates spanning the turn of the century will not collate properly for the yymmdd form you need to use stddate to compare these dates gt item ship date date yymmdd gt if ship date lt date 2000 12 31 will not work gt if Sstddate ship date lt Sdate 2000 12 31 will work Finding Invalid Dates Use the invalid function to find invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar For example a month value of 99 would be considered invalid gt input sdfile a self describing file gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link gt xeq Stddate Function The stddate function converts any date format in nearly any data type container and internally converts it to the ccyymmdd format in a double integer container This allows you to compare dates with dissimilar formats and data types For example 114 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt in orddets gt item order date date ccyymmdd gt item bill date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate bill date lt order date gt output badords link gt xeg This feature is also available for dates that have two digit years The century portion of the date will be generated by stddate which uses the normal cutoff rules specified by Set Date C
278. ribing file format 239 281 self describing files 39 41 79 141 252 semicolon means multiple commands 291 separator dates 202 serial vs chained read 67 session 43 session mode 285 Set Allbase 156 Set Arithmetic 156 Set Blocksize 156 Set Buffer 156 Set command STExport 228 Set command Suprlink 276 Set command Suprtool 153 Set Date 158 159 Set Date Cutoff 47 157 Set Date Forcecentury 47 158 Set Defer 159 Set Dumponerror 159 Set Eofread 159 Set Filecode 159 Set Firstrec 160 Set Hints 160 Set Ifcheck 160 Set Ignore 146 160 187 Set Itemabbreviatedate 160 Set Labelledtaperewind 161 Set Limits 161 Set List PCL 132 162 Set Lock 163 Set Mapped 276 set name parameter 67 100 146 Set NLS 164 Set Openmode 164 Set Progress 165 Set Prompt Suprtool 166 Set Sortfast 167 168 Set Statistics STExport 229 Set Statistics Suprlink 277 Set Statistics Suprtool 167 Set Varsub STExport 277 Index e 299 shell commands 30 shell script 217 Sign command 231 signed function 94 single quotes 225 slash 292 Software Research Northwest 125 software updates 4 son process 82 207 265 sort break totals 176 Sort command 169 sort information not retained 79 sort keys 252 Sortfast Set option 167 168 sorting files 43 128 Spaces command 232 spaces removing 94 112 special characters 288 special string test 111 specifying input 67 100 120 222 269 spool file errors 187 SQL dat
279. ription gt table product table product_no sorted invent gt if Slookup product table product_no gt sort product_no gt output lowprods gt xeq Suprtool can load up to ten tables either from separate files or the same file The following example assumes that the files are self describing gt input customer gt table cust table custno file custfile gt table zip table zipcode file custfile gt if lookup cust table custno and Slookup zip table zipcode gt output newcust link gt xeq Keep in mind that using multiple tables may be more memory intensive and require more resources Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 173 Notes The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Searching huge tables is CPU intensive If you do this on line it seriously affects other users While it is possible to load tables as large as 15 megabytes we suggest that you make sure that there is enough real memory to hold the table Set Limits Tablesize restricts the maximum size of tables so you can limit the total amount of table space to a specified number of megabytes 174 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Total Command T Totals specified fields in the selected input records TOTAL field subscript decimal places TOTAL field subscript decimal places Default subscript first sub item decimal places 0 Parameters Each totaled field must be an Eloquence field
280. ritten to the output file Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Q eee Default print a blank line The string of up to 253 characters is printed on stdlist The string is truncated to the record width of stdlist The string must be embedded in quotes Either single quotes or double quotes are permitted The quotes are not printed on stdlist Examples The Q command is often combined with the Userpause command The example is a usefile that provides an explanation of how long a task takes gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 147 Redo Command REDO 148 e Suprtool Commands Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command Comma is short for REDO The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can
281. rm Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type EMPNO Number ENAME Varchar2 JOB Varchar2 MGR Number REDATE Date SAL Number MM Number Number Integer Byte Byte Integer Oracle Date Packed Packed Integer KKKKKK Ke SQL Database If an Allbase database is open and no input file has been specified the default Form command shows all of the tables in the database If a Select command has been specified the default Form command shows the columns in the Select command The exact format of the Form command is different for each SQL database Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Self Describing Files The Link output option produces an SD file with information about how the file was sorted what fields are compound and the date format or the number of implied decimal places for any fields The Form command shows all of this information File custfile SD Version B 00 00 Has line feeds Entry Offset CHAR FIELD X5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATED I1 311 6 compound field DATE FIELD J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt COST_FIELD J2 16 0022 52 Entry Length 20 Blocking 1 Default Form If a Chain Get Select or Input command of a self describing file has been entered a Form command without parameters shows the fields in the current input source Ifa Base command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters does a Form Sets If an Open command has been specified but no input source a
282. rs Action Any printing characters replace the ones above This assumes your EOF key has been altered from the HP UX default Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B puts you into insert before mode Control A starts appending characters at the end of line Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 65 Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see Redo on page 166 for details 66 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Chain Command C Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Selects an Eloquence dataset and a search path as the input source for the next extract For detail datasets the Chain command does a DBFIND on the specified search path and uses DBGET mode S to read the records For master datasets the Chain command uses DBGET mode 7 You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task CHAIN setname search field value CHAIN setname search field table name CHAIN setname search field value CHAIN setname search field
283. rs if any numeric types have a negative value Leading vs Floating If you specify Columns Fixed it is easy to see the difference between a leading versus a floating sign A leading sign always appears in the same column whereas a floating sign always appears before the first digit of a number For example Sign Leading Sign Floating 22415 22415 207 207 16600 16600 21910 21910 8411 42 16713 7970 Trailing Sign Specify Sign Trailing to cause the sign character to appear after each formatted number Remember that for many numeric types the sign for positive numbers is a space STExport always leaves room for the sign even if it is a space Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 231 Spaces Command SP 232 e STExport Commands Specify whether trailing spaces are to appear in byte type fields SPACES NONE TRAILING SPACES NONE TRAILING Default None If byte type fields are surrounded with quotes see the Quote command the Spaces command determines whether trailing spaces in byte type fields appear within the quotes Use Spaces Trailing if you want to retain all of the spaces in a byte type field Software packages that store variable length character data treat trailing spaces as data Use Spaces None to remove trailing spaces for data that is imported into these applications Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be execu
284. rtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Reset Command R Resets aspects of the current task RESET ALL command RESET ALL command Default Delete Sort Key If List Parameters More than one command can be Reset at once by entering several commands separated by a space or a comma If no parameters are specified Suprtool cancels the previous Sort Key If Delete and List commands The other commands remain unchanged If ALL is specified all of the Input and Output commands are canceled and database files are closed In fact the only options that are not reset to the initial condition are Define Item Open and Set options Examples You began to specify a sort but then you discovered that you specified the wrong database so you decided to start all over gt base ostore gt get d sales gt sort cust account gt reset all oops wrong database gt base store now we have correct one In the next example you entered an incorrect If command gt if delivered gt 00040 wrong field used gt reset if only reset the If command gt if purchased gt 00040 and specify it again This time both the If command and the Extract commands are incorrect gt if delivered gt 00040 wrong field used gt extract delivered in both commands gt reset if extract only reset the If and Extract gt if purchased gt 00040 commands and start again gt extract purchased account No
285. rtool reads the disc file and creates a new self describing file of customer numbers that are in arrears This SD file is then used to select the orders for these customers from the orders table in the database The account item occurs in both the disc file and the database When the Suprtool table is loaded the account field information is obtained from the self describing arrears file gt input customers r 60 nolf disc file gt def account 1 8 display gt def status 40 2 gt if status 30 customers in arrears gt extract account status gt out arrears link self describing output gt xeg for the Table command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from orders sales orders gt table cust table account file arrears gt if Slookup cust table account gt output badorders gt xeq In this next example low inventory items from the Inventory table are saved in the SD file Invent We use this file to load a Suprtool table and select the records from the Product database table On the table command we use the sorted table keyword instead of file because the Invent file is already sorted We then create a new file Lowprods with all the product information of the low inventory items gt select from inventory gt if on_hand_qty lt 10 select records gt sort product_no sort by key value gt out invent link later use this file gt xeg in the Table command gt sel from product contains product desc
286. ry n th record Means Alphanumeric in Patterns is used in patterns to match a single alphabetic or numeric character gt if type BASE look for BASE plus 2 alphanumerics amp Means Escape in Patterns or Continue Command Line amp is used in patterns to match one of the special pattern characters For example the character matches a single numeric character If you need to look for the character itself you would specify amp in the pattern gt if type REC amp look for REC followed by amp is used to continue a command line You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states Means O S Commands or Bit Selection Colon at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command Alis tE gt ls Colon is used in the If command for bit selections gt define bitfield 1 2 logical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual Means O S Commands at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command This only works on Suprtool UX gt du gt ls Means Multiple Commands Semicolon is used to string several Suprtool commands together on a single line gt input a output b xeg complete task is in one line Means a List Comma in
287. ry test put to the d inventory dataset in gt exit Test database Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 101 Help Command H 102 e Suprtool Commands Show what commands and options are available in Suprtool HELP command keyword option HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a Suprtool command If you know the structure of the help file you can additionally specify one of the keywords under the command name gt help ext help on the Extract command gt help ext notes Notes section of the Extract command Keyword Help If Suprtool cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file it assumes that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to Suprtool and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword gt help start Quick Start section gt help start task Task section of Quick Start Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprtool to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the Suprtool Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command gt hq input quick description of Input gt hq comm
288. s a days function which converts any supported date to a Julian Day number the number of days since 4713 BC This allows for Date arithmetic in which you can calculate the difference between two dates even if they have dissimilar formats For example you could find all orders that were not shipped within 30 days of being ordered Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 115 116 e Suprtool Commands gt form ordfile File ORDFILE SALES MFG SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset ORDER DATE X8 1 SHIP DATE X8 9 ORDER NUMBER X6 17 Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 22 Blocking 16 lt lt CCYYMMDD gt gt lt lt MMDDYYYY gt gt gt in ordfile gt if days S gt list gt xeq P DATE days ORDER DATE gt 30 Invalid Dates As with the stddate function if a date is not a valid date then the result of the days function will be zero In the example above if the order has not yet been shipped then the SHIP DATE will likely be blank or zero or some other special value Days SHIP DATE will be zero and the resulting calculation will be a negative number Notes on Relative Dates The date and today functions always generate a constant from the date just as if you had typed it For example when run on February 13 2001 the follwing task gt item field date yymmdd gt if field gt today is the same as gt if field gt 010213 Suprtool normally does no date conversion of the actual
289. s the form 10J2 it holds ten double integers e Table 1 is the first sub item e Table is the same as Table 1 e Table 5 is the fifth sub item gt if table 5 23 gt if table 2 20 or table 4 30 gt if table 8 31 and table 9 28 Character Subscripts Character string fields may have 1 2 or 3 subscripts after them Character string fields are allowed more than one subscript value If ADDR has the form 5X30 it consists of 5 substrings of 30 characters each e ADDR 1 is the first 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR without subscript is the same as ADDR 1 e ADDR 2 is the second 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR 2 4 is the second sub item starting with the 4th byte and extending for the remainder of the sub item 27 bytes e ADDR 2 4 6 starts at the same location but extends for only 6 bytes If NAME has the form X50 it is not a repeated field e NAME is the same as NAME 1 e NAME 1 4 6 is the first and only sub item starting at the 4th byte and extending for 6 bytes e NAME 1 10 is a field that starts at the 10th byte and implicitly extends to the end of the field for the remaining 41 bytes gt if name 1 4 6 HAWAII gt if addr 3 VANCOUVER B C gt if addr 3 11 20 B C pattern matching Numeric Expressions Bit Selections The If command can extract and test any series of one or more contiguous bits in a field Suprtool allows bit extracts only on Integer or Lo
290. set highwater mark 159 dataset input 67 100 dataset output 146 data types 70 193 data types Oracle 37 Date command 202 Date command invalid dates 203 Date command separator character 202 date constants 113 date format in List 134 162 date format Date command 202 date function of Extract 88 date function of If 113 date limits 89 117 123 Date option 160 date selection 113 date selection with ASK MANMAN 124 Date Set List 162 Date Set option 157 158 dates in the output file 87 88 dates defining 122 dates relative 113 days function 88 115 DBCONTROL intrinsic 159 ddd dates 125 ddd date format 125 Decimal command 204 decimal places 20 125 decimal places Chain command 67 decimal places constant values 126 decimal places defining 122 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual decimal places Extract command 86 decimal places If command 108 decimal places List command 131 decimal places Table command 172 default field filling in Suprlink 271 default processing 83 Defer Set option 159 deferred output in IMAGE 159 Define command 69 178 definition parameter 69 delete all records warning 74 Delete command 74 163 deleting duplicate records 79 deleting entries 74 deleting entries recovery 74 delimited output files 43 143 Delimiter command 205 Delimiter maximum length 243 Desc parameter 128 169 descending order 128 169 differences MPE vs HP UX 32 disc space reduced 138 display co
291. sets and use the schema to define fields for disc files Input file set To close the current database use Base without parameters BASE basename mode password BASE basename mode password Default mode 1 password Creator Basename is the name of your database Mode is the DBOPEN mode that you want i e mode 1 for shared updates mode 5 for shared read only and password is the DBOPEN database password When the password is included in the Base command it is always upshifted Use the option to specify lowercase passwords Suprtool opens the Base which remains open until you do another Base command a Reset Base or a Reset All even if you do several extracts from the database Examples The first example shows a typical Suprtool task A dataset in the Store database is read and a subset of the entries are sorted into a disc file gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt get d sales select an input dataset gt if sales total gt 10000 choose a subset of all entries gt sort cust account sort by account number gt output salesout output has same structure gt exit as the d sales dataset Our next example opens the database with the Creator password which is the default No output file is produced instead we produce a formatted listing of the input dataset gt base store use the Creator password gt form sets you cannot remember the names gt get d inventory o
292. shell 27 braces 197 260 Buffer Set option 156 BY part of the Link command 270 byte fields comparing 110 bytelen parameter 69 128 byteposition parameter 69 128 C c cmdstring option 29 C shell 27 Calculator 183 198 260 286 Calendar intrinsic date format 124 CGI script 220 Chain command 67 chained access 67 character constants 87 106 Chronos 125 code overflow error 119 Cognos date fields 124 colon 60 198 260 290 column headings List command 24 Columns command 201 combining commands on same line 59 comma 291 command line 259 commands 194 commands formatting 194 commands multiple 59 comments 197 260 comparing strings as numbers 13 compound items 85 169 configuring Suprtool 29 constants 85 106 constants in arithmetic expressions 91 93 constants in the output file 85 continuing commands 259 Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual control break 176 control characters 286 Control D in modify 29 Control Y 61 198 260 conventions 3 190 246 convert from binary to ASCII 20 Converting dates 50 copying to another database 146 count duplicate records 78 count parameter 100 121 count qualifying records 145 Count output restrictions 80 D data conversion 94 Data option 141 224 273 data overflow error 118 database parameter 286 database closing 151 database open mode 164 database opening 63 database output 146 database password 63 146 dataset end of file 159 data
293. should be specified as the last part of the If command For example gt if status 10 and Slookup cust table account is faster than gt if Slookup cust table account and status 10 because Suprtool can evaluate status 10 faster than 100kup When the status is not 10 Suprtool knows the record will not be selected therefore there is no need to do the lookup Suprtool Commands e 105 106 e Suprtool Commands Null fieldname The If null fieldname command selects any rows that have null values in them This feature is available only for SQL databases and only on columns that allow null values gt if null SALESTOTAL If you want to find only those values that are not null you can add the NOT keyword in front of null gt 1f not null SALESTOTAL Constants This section describes numeric and string constants See also Date Selection Numeric Constants Numeric constants are not enclosed in quotes Numeric constants may be just simple whole numbers e g 5 0 56 10004 or they may have a decimal point e g 5 0 0 56 99 9 1 4 IEEE numbers may also have a scale factor e g SE 5 0 01E 4 Over punches for the sign are not required or recognized in Suprtool Always enter 11 as 11 not 1J fora DISPLAY field String Constants String constants are delimited with double or single quote marks That is either VANC or VANC Any characters within quotes are not upshifted If the c
294. ssions involve the operator and the other string functions such as lower Supper trim ltrim and rtrim Fixed vs Variable Length Strings String comparisons are done using fixed and variable length strings For most users there should be no difference between the two types of strings When doing string comparisons Suprtool always pads shorter strings with spaces with the one exception of comparing two fixed length fields see Byte Fields below String expressions involving the operator or the Supper Slower trim ltrim and rtrim built in functions are done using variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all of the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions When creating string expressions string constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string constant abc is three characters long and woe the string a is one Byte Fields For historical reasons comparing two byte type fields to each other is a special case If the two fields are exactly the same length Suprtool compares them completely If one field is shorter the comparison is done for the length of the shortest field Suprtool does not check for spaces in the trailing characters of the longer field For example gt d
295. st the cmaj in the link record Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Link file The FROM clause lets you handle this case tinput students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj from ssn curmajor Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called curmajor in the students file and cmaj in the majors file Optional Linkage If there is more than one link record with the same key value Suprlink will select the first one it finds You can sort by another value such as date time to force a certain record to be first Please note that this is unlike Quiz which does a hierarchical expansion to include every record accessed If there are no link records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the linkage optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching link record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example tinput custfile key name is custno link addrfi
296. t If you have not already done so you may want to isolate all of these Item commands in a single file per input source e g one file for every dataset in every database in your application or just one file for every database You can nest use files making this approach even easier e g having one database use file that then includes each dataset use file with a list of Item commands You may also want to use Suprtool to assist you in changing your actual data from two digit years to four See Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits on page 50 for more details If you do not include the century in your dates the second solution above you will have the following problems 1 Selecting dates in yymmdd format will not produce the expected results in relative operations e g lt lt gt or gt You will need to change all of your If commands to use the stddate function 2 Sorting dates that include both 20th and 21st century dates will not collate the way most users expect whether with Suprtool the COBOL sort verbs or HPs sort tools This is because Suprtool and all HP supplied tools sort based on the numeric value of a date To make this work correctly within Suprtool you will need to use the stddate function in an Extract command to generate a date with a four digit year then sort on this new date field with another Suprtool task What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years Currently the date format of yym
297. t type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File custfile SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER x5 length is five bytes ZONED Z5 room for five digits NTEGER 11 single integer DOUBLE 12 double integer PACKED P6 room for five digits QUAD 14 eight byte integer REPEATINT 26 compound field LOGICAL single logical DBLLOG K2 double logical Length 44 Blocking B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file is sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format of an item The Link output option saves the date format and any decimals as part of the field description 266 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual form datafile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset
298. t commands Example Floating fixed 2 Floating option Up lines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example ALL string In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details on how to install both Suprtool and STExport 190 e Welcome to STExport Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport How To Run STExport To access STExport type the following command opt robelle bin stexport STExport Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1999 2002 Version 4 6 01 After a short pause STExport takes over your terminal and prints out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into STExport STExport expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq an STExport Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the formatting options Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual STExport task If you entered the Exit command STExport finishes the current task then returns you to the operating system or the program that ran STExport SEXIT gt If you entered the Xeq com
299. t compatible with Suprtool UX For example gt select sal comm from bonus This example produces a column called sal comm In some cases Suprtool UX correctly uses this as the column name e g the List command You cannot refer to 38 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool this column by name in any Suprtool UX command that accepts field names as a parameter SDUnix Utility SDUnix is an MPE program that takes self describing file information and writes it out to an MPE flat file This flat file can then be transferred to HP UX together with the data file so that Suprtool UX can reference the self describing information about the fields To copy the SD file to the HP UX machine it must have an sd extension and be in the same directory as the data file For example if the data filename is usr local data datafile the SD file must have the name usr local data datafile sd The SD file is written out to the same domain permanent or temporary as the input file The SD file contains only one record with the necessary length to store all of the label information Installation SDUnix has been included on your HP UX tape and needs to be installed on your MPE system You can do this with either FTP or DSCOPY Installing using FTP 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle hello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file purge sdunixnm pub 3 FTP the file from your Unix machine ftp dopey binary c
300. t def deliv date dd deliv date 3 2 gt def deliv date yy deliv date 5 2 gt def purch_date mm purch date 1 2 gt def purch_date dd purch date 3 2 gt def purch _date yy purch date 5 2 gt ext cust account gt ext deliv date yy gt ext deliv date mm gt ext deliv date dd gt ext product no product price gt ext purch date yy gt ext purch_date mm gt ext purch_date dd gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sales05 link gt xeq Gt a ct ck ch You now have a file with the dates in yymmdd order but the self describing information shows three separate fields File SALESO5 DATE ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 DELIV DATE YY X2 9 DELIV DATE X2 T DELIV DATE X2 13 PRODUCT NO Z8 15 PRODUCT P 12 23 PURCH_DATE X2 27 PURCH_ DATE X2 29 PURCH DATE X2 31 SALES QTY Di 33 SALES TAX 12 35 SALES TO 12 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You can convert these several fields to one field with another extract task 54 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt in sales05 gt def deliv date 9 6 byte gt def purch_date 27 6 byte gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt ext cust account gt ext deliv date gt ext product no gt ext product price gt ext purch date gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sales06 link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 You now end u
301. t find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You will see a short introduction to Suprlink and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword thelp before example example section of Before command Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprlink to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Suprlink Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command thq input quick description of Input hg commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help suprlink The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to Suprlink Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Input Command I Specifies the primary input source and the name of the key field by which it is sorted INPUT filename BY key field INPUT filename BY key field There can be only one Input file per linkage task but up to seven Link files The Input file should be created by S
302. t fits in the available data structures and still allows Suprtool to get the job done Using Set Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Buffer to reduce the size of the buffer reduces the size of the stack that Suprtool uses for copy operations Suprtool V always uses a buffer size of 4096 words when sorting This leaves the maximum amount of room in the stack for the sorting operation Date Cutoff SET DATE CUTOFF number Initially 10 Default 00 Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates the date value from the date and stddate functions This setting only affects the date values generated by the date and stddate function in the If and Extract commands This does not affect user data Versions of Suprtool without Set Date Cutoff would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes the following a value of 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date or stddate functions is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff a value of 19 for the century if the two digit year is greater than or equal to Set Date Cutoff The initial value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Therefore the default behavior in date and stddate is to treat the two digit years with values of 00 09 as 2000 2009 and the two digit years with values of 10 99 as 1910 1999 yy Value in date With Cutoff 10 With Cutof
303. t instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one STExport instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message SSet Redo Myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation STExport continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use the command set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your STExport commands If you exit STExport then run Qedit and supply the same command Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your STExport commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF Statistics causes STExport to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Varsub has no effect within STExport UX Warnings SET WARNINGS OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when yo
304. t is replaced with a space For example if the input was customer s and Quote Single had been specified then the output would be customer s Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 225 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you do not need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can Redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples 11 fille fille is a typo ille not found redo redo most r
305. t the 11th byte of Invent gt if a lt 10000 records with field A less than gt xeg 10000 are written to Outfile Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter specifies a range of input records by record number The default value for endrecord is the highest record in the file The first record number is 0 for disc files The startrecord endrecord parameter must come after the reclen and LF NOLF parameters if it is present You can check your record selections with the Verify command When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a file The startrecord endrecord parameter makes it easy to scan these records gt input invent r 80 nolf 0 19 first twenty records gt list produce a list of each record gt xeg in OCTAL CHAR format Random Selection The count parameter specifies that every nth record in the input file should be selected This option is designed for random sampling of the input file The startrecord endrecord parameter cannot be used with this parameter Like startrecord endrecord count must come after the setname if present Test files can be constructed from random samplings of production files We can build a test file with the count parameter gt input dinvent 15 every 15th record is read gt output dtest create an output file with every gt xeg 15th record from Dinvent Notes Only one Input Chain Get
306. t versions of Windows CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprtool you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals The Suprtool documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition EXTRACT field subscript value EXTRACT field subscript value 1 UPPERcase letters literal symbols to be used in the command as they appear e g EXTRACT 2 Lowercase underlined or italic variables to be filled in by the user example field Each such variable is defined elsewhere in terms of literal symbols consult the index In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables appear simply in lowercase 3 Brackets enclose optional fields example subscript 4 Braces enclose comments in examples For example gt INPUT ACTREC input from a data file Braces can be used for comments in actual Suprtool commands Welcome to Suprtool e 3 5 Up lines separate alternatives from which you select example Set Ignore On Off sometimes the alternatives are sh
307. t_no invoice date sales qty gt output salefile link salefile has all of the extracted columns gt xeg SD Files as Input When you specify an SD file as input to Suprtool all the field information becomes available You can select extract and total fields without the Define command In addition the Input command no longer needs any Reclen or LF parameters gt input salefile self describing file gt form display the fields in the file gt if sales total gt 10000 select based on a field gt extract cust_account only extract a few fields gt extract sales qty gt extract sales tax gt extract sales total gt total sales total total a field from the file gt output newfile link create a new SD file gt xeq Listing SD Files Suprtool normally lists data files in an Octal Char format When listing an SD file Suprtool produces a formatted listing with field names and field values converted into ASCII gt input salefile self describing file gt list produce a formatted listing gt xeq Decimal Places and Date Formats You use the Item command to identify items with an implied number of decimal places or a date format If you create a self describing file this information is retained When you input such a file all Suprtool commands are automatically informed about the decimal places and date formats The Form command shows these extra attributes as comments at the end of each field description For
308. table name When using Chain the size of the output file defaults to the size of the Chain dataset If the dataset is large and the selected subset is small you should use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the output file Selection by Individual Values Suppose you want to find all the sales records for customer account 1234 Assuming that cust account is a search field in the d sales dataset you would use this gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt chain d sales cust account 1234 read the sales records for customer 1234 gt out outl gt xeq If you want to select sales records for more than one customer you would use gt chain d sales cust account 12345 67890 39201 gt out out2 gt xeq Values with Decimal Places You can specify values with decimal places for search fields with implied decimal places For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt chain d inventory unit cost 10 10 5 10 75 gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Selection with a Table You can specify the records to read using a table The Table command may appear before or after the Chain command Use this option when you have a file of key values to search for Suprtool Commands e 67 gt select the sales records that match the values in custfile gt chain d sales cust account sales table gt table sales table cust account file custfile gt
309. tch is almost identical to Suprlink on line except for answering questions When Suprlink asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Therefore Suprlink does not expect an answer from stdin Suprlink assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file Suprlink prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you 250 e Accessing Suprlink Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink How Report Programs Work The best way to understand Suprlink is to examine the process of writing a report Your report program will be written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language Imagine that instead of hunting all over the database to collect your data you just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data on a given entity For example a sales report might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprlink fits into this model of report programs Working from the database to the final flat file how do we use Suprtool and Suprlink
310. te PHDates When specifying the Date keyword you can use a leading subset for the date attribute For example if you want to specify the Calendar date type you can specify only CA gt item cal date date ca If you do not like this feature you can turn it off by specifying the following command in your Suprmegr file Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Data Types for Dates Each date attribute is compatible with certain data types For more information see the table on data types in the Define command The following table shows the compatibilities Date Attribute Data Type Compatibility ASK Jl and K1 Calendar Jl and K1 ddmmyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ddmmyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater mmddyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater mmddyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater Oracle X7 PHdate J1 K1 J2 and K2 yymm X4 Z4 Jl and K1 yymmdd X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyymmdd J2 P8 yyyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater aammdd X6 aamm X4 mmddaa X6 ddmmaa X6 ccyy X4 Z4 Jl and K1 SRNChronos X6 mmyyyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyddd X5 Z5 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ccyyddd X7 Z7 J2 K2 and P10 or greater HPCalendar J2 K2 EDSDate J2 P8 JulianDay J2 PHdate8 J1 K1 J2 and K2 Date Limits The date funct
311. ted as a group USE Q filename USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the Invcust file Suse invuse input invoices input file to format floating fixed 2 formatting option output invdata produces the file we want exit STExport prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in STExport The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record are processed By default STExport displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed STExport can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 233 Verify Command V Print the definition of the current task VERIFY VERIFY Verify prints the current Input and Output files and all export specifications in other words it is a Verify All command 234 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Xeq Command X Perform the current task XEQ XEO Xeq checks that you have specified an Input file and an Output file Then it performs
312. ted fields when you do not specify the subscript If you specify a subscript only that one repeated field will have the new constant value In this example Address is a repeated field 2X20 We wish to extract the data as it exists in the input record rather than forcing it to a constant value gt ext account extract key value gt ext address take both of the repeated fields In the next example we assume that the Balance field is a repeated field 12J2 We wish to make each of the 12 repeated fields in the output record equal to 100 gt extract name gt extract balance 100 If we only wanted to extract the sixth field of BALANCE and set it to 100 we would do the following gt extract name gt extract balance 6 100 Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you extract the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads it with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt ext field 0 binary zero gt ext field G Control G bell gt ext field 221 escape gt ext field S252 Roman 8 box gt ext field 186 Euro currency symbol You can also extract the constant directly without referring to a defined field This always produces a one byte constant with no blank padding 0 binary zero
313. ter a short pause Suprlink will take over your terminal and print out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into Suprlink Suprlink expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq a Suprlink Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the Link file name s Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprlink linkage task If you entered the Exit command Suprlink will finish the current task then return you to the Operating system EXIT If you entered the Xeq command Suprlink will finish the current task then prompt you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprlink immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This will terminate the Suprlink program immediately without attempting any task Suprtool Link Command This command is not currently available in the HP UX version Exit with Verify This feature is not yet available in the HP UX version Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Accessing Suprlink e 249 Using Suprlink in Batch You normally run Suprlink as an on line session You type Suprlink commands on your terminal and Suprlink prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist Suprlink assumes that it is in batch Suprlink in ba
314. tes By resetting certain commands other commands are also reset For example resetting the Base command resets almost all other commands except the Output command Resetting the Put command closes the output database when the database for the Put command is different from the input database Resetting the Chain Get or Input command resets everything except the Base and Table commands Resetting the Table command resets everything except the Base and Define commands Resetting either the Define or Item command resets both Define and Item settings Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 151 Select Command SEL 152 e Suprtool Commands Specify a select statement for the currently open SQL database The select command supports all of the features of the select command of the open SQL database Only one select command can be specified at a time SELECT select command SELECT select command Allbase sorts data gt select from user account emp order by ename Suprtool sorts data gt select from user account emp gt sort ename The select command can contain any expression or clause that is supported by the SQL database Some features e g ORDER BY may be done faster by Suprtool e g the Sort command Some Select commands can exceed the 256 character command line limitation The Select command however can be considerably larger if you use the read feature of the Select command This feature is s
315. th default column headings For data files the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Octal Char In either case the Standard keyword provides a default title that describes the input source You can override the title date format time format or any other option 134 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool selected by the Standard keyword by specifying them in addition to the Standard keyword For example gt select from customer gt list standard gt xeq use all Suprtool defaults gt select from customer list standard date 3 gt xeq override the date format uxfile reclen 80 nolf standard char override the format options uxfile reclen 80 nolf standard leftjustnum left justify numbers t m customer list standard title xeq Customer List override title gt get m customer gt list standard heading gt xeq no column headings Listings with Subheadings When using the Title or Standard keywords you can also include subheadings with the Heading keyword You can specify multiple columns by repeating the string after the Heading option e g List Heading First Second or specify the Heading option multiple times e g List Heading First Heading Second Being able to specify multiple columns makes it easier to align column headings when using the Standard keyword If you specify the Heading keyword without the Title keywor
316. the first record read by Suprtool is the first record on the output file For data files this means that input records with the same key values appear in the same order in the output file Suprtool and Personal Computers Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool You can format files to be downloaded to your PC for use in spreadsheets or databases with the PRN option of the Output command Suprtool formats your file as a PC structure a comma delimited file Not all PC applications support the PRN format For more precise data conversion create a self describing file then use STExport See the STExport manual for details You transfer the Suprtool output file to your PC and then import it into your PC application Downloading to the PC After you have created a PRN file using Suprtool you can use FTP or any of the many terminal emulator programs available to download the file to the PC This includes Reflection from Walker Richer amp Quinn Decimal Places Be sure to specify which fields have decimal places when creating the PRN file Suprtool reserves extra space for decimal points that appear in the PRN output When formatting numeric fields Suprtool inserts the decimal point at the correct place When you import your file into your PC application numeric fields are automatically formatted correctly Spreadsheets The following procedure allows you to include literal headings in your spreadsheet using only one file the size and shape of
317. they occur in the record For example tinput sales Sales is sorted by custno link custfile key is custno link addrfile toutput custsale link three files texit 1nto custsale Link Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Link file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Link key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field tinput customer key name is custnum link sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suppose that you are linking a master to a detail and the detail can have several entries for each master Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which link record you want by matching a second key field in the master LINK filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a link record For example input students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj Students contains cmaj This example says that the file Majors is sorted by ssn and may contain more than one record per student To select the desired record for each student Suprlink matches the students cmaj again
318. ting commands will also retain their settings HEAding HTML Each command and its options will remain in effect between any STExport task unless specifically turned off For example if a previous task has had custom Headings set with the Heading and Heading Add options the Headings will remain in effect for each subsequent task until a new Heading option is entered Performance Considerations On average STExport is three to five times slower than Suprtool This is the price we pay for having all of STExport s formatting features 194 e Introduction to STExport You can make STExport faster by doing the following 1 Pre select only the records you need with Suprtool The fewer records STExport has to process the faster it runs Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual 2 Use Suprtool s Extract command to select only the fields that you need to import in your final application The fewer the number of fields in the input file the faster STExport can format each record Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport e 195 STExport Commands General Notes When you run STExport it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin STExport commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the STExport commands in alphabetical order Following each comman
319. tions to exit STExport conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default Xeq Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq STExport recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates STExport The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should STExport be executed as a son process Exit only suspends STExport while Exit Abort actually terminates the process Examples S comment You began to specify an input file stopped for S comment coffee and decided to cancel the task S comment upon your return Sinput invoices coffee break Sexit abort cancel the task and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in STExport UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside STExport ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves STExport when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 207 Examples opt robelle bin stexport Sexit no input was specified opt robelle bin
320. to a Table ooooonnonninnincniconocononnconcconconnonononcconnonnonnnonnnonos 171 Adding Val es froma Fille coccion tiara aida cidade 172 Total Command T ernn ei E E cece ceeeveceetesccdse vas tus REENE SE NA aA 175 Update Command TUP enron te a OR E E E E R ea else ees 177 Use Command TU os 178 Userpause Command USER os 180 Verify Command M re i o E E EER O E RSO 181 Xedd Command X re a e US 182 Calculator Command ni enren E a O E EEE E E EEE ONA 183 Suprtool Errors and Warnings 187 Two Types OF Messages esis ssc A A IRL A AA A 187 EOS ii iris 187 Waring Senan A O A eee ees 188 Welcome to STExport 189 Welcome to MER a dc 189 DOCUMENT Heed nt 189 CD of Web Download enor E e ec ici 189 Printed Documentati ii teva te Sessa aoe O ERTE eee ee 189 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format 0 0 ccc cceeceeeeeeceneceseceeeeneeeneenaes 190 Help COMME eek 190 IN Ota GIO en ec Renee be oe epee caesar chavs octave ocean ae torte ches bec ee eee eee 190 Installing S TEX port 2 25 05 2ccseses tessa e a 190 Accessing STExport 191 How To Run STEX Pore nin iieii ER AEREE vab eta stages ch lvanbst O ER E 191 Howto Xeq an STEXport Task td di 191 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable ooooococcnnconncinococononnnonnnonononononcnnnconoco nono nnonno 191 vi e Index Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX User Manual ROBELLE Variable 00 ccccccesseesseesceeseeeeeseeeeeeees Using STExport in Batch ce ccccsceeseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeente
321. to do the work In our testing Suprtool consistently sorts two to four times faster than Oracle Your performance improvements may be different from ours so we recommend that you take some common tasks and try them with both tools Here is an example of sorting with Oracle and then with Suprtool Oracle sorts data Suprtool sorts data gt select from emp gt sort ename For more information on Oracle performance we recommend the book Oracle Performance Tuning by Peter Corrigan and Mark Gurry published by O Reilly and Associates Analyzing Performance Data It is better to test Suprtool with your own database and your own application needs rather than trust a generic performance test The ideal test is an actual production report whose bad performance is causing you a problem If you obtain improvements by using Suprtool you know that you can achieve better speed in practice as well as in tests Use Suprtool as a front end to your problem report producing a small extract file that contains just the fields and records needed for your final program Once you get that working consider linking in data from other files or datasets using Suprlink For comparison purposes run the Suprtool test at the same time as you would normally run the original program Comparing a standalone midnight run against a mid day run does not give valid results nor does comparing two runs in succession the second run benefits on HP UX because the files a
322. to perform time consuming DP functions with only a few simple commands The typical Suprtool task consists of extracting some data for a report then feeding the Suprtool output file into the final report program For example you might fill a data file with the subset of data needed then report that file with Microfocus COBOL Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 55 Sort Performance Suprtool UX uses its own set of sorting routines These routines are generally faster than the sorting algorithms provided with software tools and SQL databases If you have the right data Suprtool UX can sort much faster than other HP UX tools Because sort performance varies a lot from application to application we recommend that you test Suprtool UX in your own environment You can improve the performance of sort operations by moving the sort workspace to a different physical disk drive than the input file uses You can move the sort scratch space by setting the TMPDIR environment variable to a directory that resides on another physical disk drive provided you have read and write access to that directory export TMPDIR var tmp sortscratch Oracle Performance Suprtool UX provides you with easy ways to let either Oracle or Suprtool do most of the work Whether it is best to use Oracle or Suprtool depends on your specific machine database and application You can use the Select command to force Oracle to do much of the processing or you can use Suprtool
323. tool does not produce any error or warning in this case Suprtool Commands e 91 92 e Suprtool Commands Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error in the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero The speed of a task decreases when you ask Suprtool to ignore many division by zero errors It is better to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division gt if qty lt gt 0 to avoid division by zero gt extract average total qty Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit Sabs credit 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work on fields and expressions For example gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev Struncate stddev 100 1 07 T
324. u are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 229 Xmltagchar SET XMLTAGCHAR j _ Initially In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character To be something else with the following set command Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command 230 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Sign Command SI Specify what should be done with the sign character for numeric fields SIGN NONE FLOATING LEADING TRAILING SIGN NONE FLOATING LEADING TRAILING Default Floating All numeric type fields except logical fields have a sign Integer and floating point fields can have either a space for positive values or a negative sign Packed and display type fields can have a space neutral a plus sign for positive values or a negative sign Specify Sign None to cause STExport to completely ignore the sign If you specify Sign None no error or warning message appea
325. u can automate this part of the process with a script While loading takes longer each field is allocated enough space for the largest value saving disc space We would recommend the second method if you are making a read only copy of corporate data This method helps protect the Paradox application from some changes in the corporate application e g an expanded field length The first method is needed if you want to change the data since you need the ability to extend data fields Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications You can use Suprtool to significantly speed serial extracts using Quiz and QTP from Cognos In many cases the changes to existing applications are minor Suprtool with Quiz QTP Quiz QTP and Quick are components of PowerHouse 4GL a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can improve the performance of Quiz reports by using Suprtool to select and sort the records from a file or SQL table and passing selected records to Quiz for final reporting To do this you need some way to tell Quiz about the record structure of Suprtool s output file Quiz already has the capacity to do this without making any changes to the PowerHouse PDL dictionary In the following example Suprtool extracts records from the Custmast file sorts them and writes them to the Cmasfile file These are the records we need for the Quiz report 44 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP U
326. u can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink 245 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows Help Command The user manual is also available to the on line Suprlink user through the Help command For instructions try help help Terminology and HP UX Notation Many of the terms and examples in this manual use terminology specific to MPE and IMAGE SQL databases We have edited the Suprlink UX manual to be more generic in this regard however some references remain for clarity The Suprlink documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition Link filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL Link filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL 1 UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example BY 2 Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example filename 3 Brackets enclose optional fields Example FROM input keys 4 Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allo
327. ublen type subcount Default sublen type same as fieldname The fieldname is a field from an Eloquence dataset specified in Get or Chain or a column from a table specified in Select or a field from a self describing file or another Defined field Relative definitions are similar to COBOL s Redefine verb Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 69 The sublen and type are optional They default to the total byte length and type of the fieldname The subscript parameter is an optional sub item index for arrays such as Eloquence compound items like 5J2 or 4X20 The first sub item is number 1 and if no subscript is provided Suprtool uses the first sub item The offset parameter is optional and specifies a byte offset from the position that would otherwise be used This allows you to define fields relative to other fields The offset starts at 1 and not at 0 i e FIELD 1 is the first byte of the field To define a field that corresponds to the second index of the address array of the customer file you would use gt in customer self describing file gt define city address 2 gt if city Vancouver gt list gt xeq Data Types Here are the valid types Type Description BYTE printable ASCII characters INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsign
328. uch as select sort write to output file and even a Put to another dataset Care must be used when combining operations because such combinations cannot be restarted if the Suprtool run is aborted for any reason including hitting Control Y and answering yes See Suprtool and on page 37 for more details on using the Delete and Put commands in combination Suprtool deletes records during the input phase This means that records are deleted before they are sorted All of the selected input records are deleted before the first output record is written when sorting the input If you press Control Y and answer yes before a delete task has completed there may be no way to recover your deleted records Warning Message When deleting records from the input dataset Suprtool asks for permission to delete all records if there is no If command to select the records to be deleted Delete all records from the D SALES dataset no Respond Yes for the task to continue In batch mode Suprtool assumes Yes and keep processing Note that if there is no If command but there is some other command to limit the number of records deleted e g the Numrecs command or a record range on the Get command Suprtool still asks the question implying that all records in the dataset will be deleted In these cases only the records that are read based on the limiting factor will be deleted For interactive approval of each deletion see the Delete co
329. uding line separators Also note that the file should have an extension SQL Loader expects a dat extension by default The Oracle table should have all the necessary columns To create a table with the fields in Salefile you could use the following create table sales details CUST_ACCOUNT dec 8 DELIV DATE date PRODUCT _NO dec 8 PRODUCT PRICE dec 8 2 PURCH_ DATE date SALES _QTY dec 6 SALES TAX dec 8 2 SALES TOTAL dec 8 2 tablespace USERS SQL Loader requires what is known as a control file It contains the load specifications such as the data file the destination table the field delimiter the text field delimiters and the column specifications In this case the control file expsales ctl looks like this Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 241 load data Specify input datafile dat extension is assumed Infile expsales Name of the table where the data is loaded Append new rows to existing data if any Append Into Table sales details Fields are separated by commas Fields Terminated By Character fields are enclosed in double quotes Optionally Enclosed By Specify the column names as they appear s5 in the data records For a Date type column specify the input format Example column Date YYYYMMDD CUST_ ACCOUNT DELIV_DATE date YYYYMMDD PRODUCT_NO PRODUCT PRICE PURCH_DATE date YYYYMMDD
330. ul 20 subtraction Resul 20 divide print precise result Result 1 33333333333 20 15 20 raised to the 15th power Result 327680000000E 20 Order of Evaluation Unlike most programming languages the calculator always evaluates the calculation from left to right This is similar to an electronic calculator where each keystroke is operated on immediately You can use parentheses to force the calculator to evaluate the expression in a different order 14 16 15 3 compute an average Result 15 0 14 16 15 3 add 14 16 and the result of 15 3 Result 35 0 14 16415 3 add 16 15 divide by 3 then add to 14 Result 24 3333333333 Percentages A number in the calculator expression may be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage 125 5 what is 5 of 125 Result 6 25 125 125 5 add 5 of 125 to 125 Result 12 5 125 125 53 oops we needed to change the order Result 131 25 this looks like the answer we wanted The last two examples show the importance of the order in which calculator evaluates the expression We needed to use parentheses to force calculator to evaluate our expression in the correct order Display Formats A calculator expression may be followed by a comma and a display letter The default is decimal and the options are hex or H octal or O double D ASCII A and binary B With thes
331. umbers file contain the dataset number and the record number in ASCII format A QUERY numbers file is usually used as input to a report program Substituting Suprtool for QUERY in these batch jobs should improve the speed ASK ASK is a QUERY replacement tool from COGELOG ASK creates output records in ASK select file format Suprtool can be used to scan and select records quickly from a dataset ASK Version C can produce reports from the resulting select file This option cannot be used with any other Output option Recent versions of ASK read self describing files For these versions use the Link option instead of the Ask option ASCII ASCII converts all binary input fields into their equivalent ASCII values All binary fields are right justified in their fields with a trailing sign The sign can be a blank or Byte fields are not affected by this option The size of the ASCII field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size 11 J1 6 bytes 1 J2 11 bytes 13 J3 16 bytes 14 J4 20 bytes Kl 5 bytes K2 10 bytes E2 12 bytes E4 23 bytes Zn n l bytes Pn n bytes Any fields with implied decimal places see the Item command are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Suprtool reserves two additional positions for each output field that has an implied decimal point DISPLAY DISPLAY converts all binary input fields into their equivalent display values also known as zoned decimal
332. uprtool using the Output Link option and must be sorted by key field The key field can be any type except for Real or Long The primary Input file may have more than one record per key value and each record may appear in the Output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you will actually need since if any of the Suprtool extracts result in enormous Output files the time to do the sort may be prohibitive The BY clause is only necessary when the Input file has been created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of the Output Link option Output Link adds the sort field information to the self describing file so that you do not have to specify it in a BY clause Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 269 Link Command L 270 e Suprlink Commands Link the Input file to another Link file maximum of seven input files LINK filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED LINK filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Link file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do an I file of the file it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where
333. ur If command would look like this gt if cost 8059 no decimal places By telling Suprtool about the number of decimal places in the cost item your If command looks more natural which usually means you will make fewer mistakes gt item cost decimal 2 gt if cost 80 59 decimal places included Numeric Conversion The If command can compare two numeric fields to each other not just one field to a constant All relation operators are supported lt lt lt gt gt and gt However you cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field Suprtool usually converts the field on the left side of a relational operator to floating point Then the floating point number is converted into the type of the field on the right side of a relational operator and the comparison is done The exceptions to this tule are integer to double packed to packed and display to display comparisons which use a direct comparison algorithm Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from one field type to floating point See also Accuracy and Numeric Truncation Arithmetic Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the If command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod The Mod operator returns the remainder between a dividend and a divisor Arithmetic expressions cannot start with a numeric constant e g if 2 a 10 is invalid Arithmetic is not allowed on byte t
334. usr local help suprtool Outcount File If you want to automatically check the number of output records that Suprtool produced you must produce an outcount file This file contains a string with the number of output records that Suprtool processed By default no outcount file is produced If you invoke Suprtool UX with the oc option Suprtool writes the number of output records to a file called stoutcount Use Set Filename Outcount to specify your own file name for the output count Running Suprtool under HP UX e 31 If you add Set Filename Outcount to the Suprmegr file every successful invocation of Suprtool UX produces a file While these files are small they may clutter up a busy system so that is why the default file name is none Differences Between MPE and HP UX We have tried to make the MPE and HP UX versions of Suprtool as compatible as possible This section describes how Suprtool UX is different from Suprtool MPE Record Length On MPE Suprtool can obtain the record length of a file There is no concept of record length on HP UX because a file consists of a string of bytes In Suprtool UX there are two ways to determine the record length 1 Specify the record length with the Rec parameter of the Input command 2 Use self describing files If the specified record size is incorrect Suprtool UX cannot verify it The most common symptom of an incorrect specification in size is an offset of one or more characters
335. ustomer Sout filelex 1lf Sexit To specify that line feeds are not written out to the file you can use the NOLF option in ora customer Sout filelex nolf Sexit Stdlist If the output file name is each output record is written to stdlist This is useful for trying out different formatting combinations until you find the one that best fits the application that you want to import data into For example Sinput Soutput Sxeq floating change one option Sinput Soutput xeq view the result sign change a different option input output xeq and so on Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Quote Command Q Specify which quote character if any is to be used around byte type fields QUOTE NONE DOUBLE SINGLE QUOTE NONE DOUBLE SINGLE Default Double Most software packages expect byte type fields to be in one of two formats 1 Fixed column see the Column command 2 Surrounded by single or double quotes In this case you may also need to remove trailing spaces see the Spaces command No Quotes for Fixed Columns Use Quote None to cause byte type fields to be output as a group of characters In many cases you would combine this option with Columns Fixed Single or Double Quotes By default all byte type fields are surrounded by double quotes Specify single quotes using the Single option If a byte type field contains the quote character specified in the quote command i
336. ut filename erase command has a default answer of no but with Interactive Off Suprtool uses the answer yes However if you run Suprtool on a Remote Session that was created from a batch job Set Interactive is On even though you are NOT interactive If you wish to have proper batch error processing your first command after starting Suprtool should be Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Set Interactive Off Set Interactive Off is also useful when automating on line tasks with usefiles Suprtool c set interactive off use usefile LabelledTapeRewind SET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Limits SET LIMITS MPE ON OFF READONLY ON OFF Tablesize size Initially MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 1 megabyte When Set Limits MPE is Off you cannot execute any HP UX command e g rm This is an irreversible option once disabled it cannot be enabled again by the user Table Size The Table command allows you to load large tables Once these tables reach the size of real memory on your machine performance starts to degrade Setting Tablesize restricts the total amount of table space to the specified number of megabytes It is not necessary to enter both parameters in order to change one gt set limits tablesize 2 HP UX command ability unchanged Due to internal restrictions in Suprtool the maximum Tablesize is fifteen megabytes Read Only Suprto
337. utoff gt in invdets gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeq In this case all invoice date values with a yy portion between 20 and 99 will have a 19 for the century All invoice date values with a yy portion of less than 20 will have 20 for the date generated by the stddate function Invalid Dates A date must be valid before stddate can convert it to the ccyymmdd format Otherwise a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar This includes dates selected by the invalid function We can eliminate the invalid dates from the above task by changing the If command slightly gt input sdfile gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if not Sinvalid close date amp or not Sinvalid invoice date amp and stddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeg In this example if either the close date or the invoice date are invalid then they will not be evaluated by the stddate function and will not be selected Although your requirements may be different you need to remember that invalid dates evaluated by the stddate function will return a 0 value Days Function Suprtool support
338. value is 50000 records To always print progress messages just set the minimum value to 0 Suprtool does not produce any progress messages under the following conditions 1 Set Progress is zero 2 Output is to stdlist via the Output or List commands 3 The input source is an SQL database 4 The number of records from the input source is less than the minimum value Suprtool checks whether or not to print a progress message at the end of each buffer Consequently not all progress increments are reported for small files or datasets Suprtool reports the phase that it is in whether input phase sort phase output phase or combined input output phase not sort The content of the progress messages is as follows e Percentage complete e Phase and the total number of records processed e Delta Sec Min the time elapsed from the previous message e Wall Sec Min the total elapsed time e CPU Sec the total CPU Seconds at this point Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 165 166 e Suprtool Commands When using the record selection feature of the Input command Suprtool cannot be absolutely certain of the total number of records Therefore the percentage calculation is estimated Prompt SET PROMPT character Initially gt PROMPT tells Suprtool which character to use for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example opt robelle bin suprtool gt set prompt Sopen o
339. ventory input dataset gt item unit cost decimal 2 implied decimal places gt if unit cost lt 10 00 selection criteria gt update Update must come before Extract gt extract unit cost amp calculate the new unit cost unit cost value gt xeq This next example selects all inventory items with a part number of 12345677 and changes it to 12345678 gt get d inventory input dataset gt if product no 12345677 selection criteria gt update ciupdate gt extract product no 12345678 new unit cost value gt xeq You can set CIUPDATE by using the DBUTIL Utility To set CIUPDATE on just run Dbutil and use the Set command run dbutil pub sys gt gt set dbname ciupdate on gt gt exit Notes The only commands that can be combined with Update are selection commands e g the If command The following commands are not allowed Delete Duplicate Key List Output Put Sort or Total You cannot update critical fields in master datasets Update does not work with disc files or SQL databases If you are updating a packed or display field remember that Suprtool uses unsigned values for non negative numbers unless you add a leading plus sign to the number See Packed and Display Constants on page 86 for more details Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 177 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename USz QO filename Database
340. ver 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start 180 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Verify Command V Displays the specifications that you have entered so far VERIFY ALL VERSION command VERIFY ALL VERSION command Default Input Output Sort Numrecs changed Set values Parameters More than one command can be verified at once by entering several command names separated by a comma or a space The format of the Verify output is organized into columns wherever possible For Verify All Suprtool prints all of the information concerning the current invocation of Suprtool including the value of the Set options and the Suprtool version number For Verify Version Suprtool prints out the version information Verify with no parameters prints the current values for Chain Get Input Output and Key or Sort commands It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples gt verify gt verify input current input file gt verify if selection criteria gt verify all all current options gt verify version version number of Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 181 Xeq Command X Terminates entry of commands and begins the extract from the i
341. ver 2 000 into the file invoice 3 Because there will often be more than one invoice per customer specify the invoice file as input to Suprlink 4 Link in the customer file 5 Produce your report from the combined records in the output file gt open oracle demo reader sales database gt select from m_customer select all customers gt if state CA 1n California gt sort custnum sort and link key gt output customer link Link output option gt xeq We now have a self describing file with all the customers from California sorted by the customer number Next we select all invoices over 2 000 00 and sort them into customer number sequence gt select from d_invoice select all invoices gt if amount gt 200000 over 2 000 00 gt sort custnum sort and link key again gt output invoices link remember the link option gt exit If we specify the cust file as input the Output file will only contain one invoice per customer Because we want to produce a report of all the selected invoices we specify it as the input file tinput invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers toutput invcust produces the file we want texit Each record of the invcust file will have both the invoice information and the customer information for each invoice of the Input file i e one record per invoice What happens if there is no customer record for a spec
342. wed for comments in actual Suprlink commands Example output repts temp produces job temporary Output 5 Up lines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example TEMP ERASE 6 In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Installing Suprlink 246 e Welcome to Suprlink Suprlink is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details of how to install both Suprtool and Suprlink Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into Suprlink This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprlink UX may need Suprlink will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprlink looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprlink you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move Suprlink to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink e 247 Accessing Suprlink How To Run Suprlink To access Suprlink type the following command opt robelle bin suprlink SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2002 Version 4 6 01 Af
343. when you are copying from one database to another 64 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL BEFORE start stop string 1 ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples gt 11 fd sd is not spelled right fd not found gt Before redo most recent command 11 fd last command is printed s you enter changes to it 11 sd the edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo 10 gt before 5 redo 5th command in stack gt bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt b 1s redo last Is command gt b Ils redo Is command gt b redo last containing gt before 2 redo command before previous gt before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Characte
344. which is computed by STExport We have tested this method with MS Excel it should work with any spreadsheet that supports the importing of delimited files There are two steps First build a self describing file with Suprtool then use STExport to convert it to PRN and add the headings 1 In Suprtool build a self describing file Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 43 gt input gt define items gt item items gt extract fields gt output sdfile link gt xeq 2 In STExport convert to PRN and add the header line Sinput sdfile Sheading fieldnames output pcdata Sexit The file Pcdata is a variable length PRN file with both headings and data Paradox Databases Paradox is a PC database product from Borland International Paradox imports PRN files in one of two ways Here are the advantages and disadvantages of each method 1 Import the file into an existing table This table must have been set up with all the field names field lengths and field types As long as the corporate data structure doesn t change this method works fine It is less work than the second method since you only have to set up the table structure once 2 Import the file into a new table Paradox reads the input file twice The first time it determines the maximum length of each field The second time it loads the data into the table After the file is loaded you must define the field names and possibly the field types Fortunately yo
345. wing example shows defining a new target field as a double integer The Extract command target field then takes the definition from the Define command and extracts data from the source field display field gt in oldfile gt def salesqty 1 4 double gt ext order no order date gt ext salesqty display field Packed and Display Fields When the target of an extract conversion is a packed or display type field Suprtool always converts positive values to a neutral packed or display value To ensure that expressions with positive values have a positive result use the signed function gt extract packed field signed int field gt extract display field signed dbl_ field 10 Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from nonfloating point to floating point See the discussion under Numeric Truncation above Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Byte Fields Use the Extract command to shorten or lengthen byte type fields If the target field is longer than the source field Suprtool fills the trailing space in the target field with spaces Byte to Numeric Conversion Suprtool cannot explicitly convert from a byte field to a numeric field such as a double integer The Extract command however does allow conversion from a display field to a double integer or any other numeric field You can define a byte field to be a display field if all of the characters in the field c
346. with or without an exclamation mark or colon 1ls 1s For commands that are the same in both Suprlink and HP UX Suprlink only executes the HP UX command if you type the exclamation mark or colon For example set you get Suprlink Set command t set you get HP UX Set command ksh Suprlink UX executes and HP UX command e g Is or script file File Names Suprlink s Input Link and Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to a maximum of 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a Suprlink task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprlink responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task If Control Y has no effect then try Control C which is the default interrupt setting for HP UX See the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Unde
347. xt purch date stddate purch_date gt ext deliv date stddate deliv date gt xeq We have now converted all the J2 yymmdd dates to a ccyymmdd format and added the correct century to the date Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 51 Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd The following Suprtool task shows how you can generate a new file to put into a new database with dates in a different format Consider the deliv date and purch_date fields of the D Sales dataset Database STORE DBOLD ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X6 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 PURCH_ DATE X6 SALES QTY J1 SALES TAX J2 SALES_TOTAL J2 Capacity 611 13 Entries 15 Highwater 15 Bytes 42 You want to convert to a date format with room for a cc at the beginning of the deliv date and purch_date Database STORE DB ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X8 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 17 M PRODUCT PRODUCT_PRICE J2 25 PURCH_ DATE X8 29 SALES QTY J1 37 SALES TAX J2 39 SALES_TOTAL J2 43 Capacity 608 16 Entries 0 Highwater 0 Bytes 46 In order to convert these dates you need to be able to put either a 19 or 20 in front of the yymmdd date depending on the value of the year Before you can do either of these you must confirm once again that you have no invalid dates gt base store dbold gt get
348. y Your final report should be able to read Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Example Suprlink Output e 281 this data just as if it came from the database We use Suprlink to combine the invoice and cust files into one Output file opt robelle bin suprlink i invoices by custnum cust invcust The final Form command shows the record layout of the Output file You would use this file as input to your report program form invcust File invcust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED 9 PRODUCTNUM 13 PRICE 2 PURCHASED 25 7 29 3 35 X12 39 TING 2 5 TATUS X2 55 RSTNAME X10 S7 ASTNAME X16 67 TATE X2 83 DDRESS 2X25 85 PCODE X6 135 Entry Length 140 Blocking 1 H0 T Bee E EH onj 0 NDU 282 e Example Suprlink Output Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within Suprlink Maximums The various limitations of Suprlink are described here In general you need to reduce the number or sizes of fields if you encounter any of these limits Input File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 4096 Words By default Suprtool restricts the maximum block size to 2 048 words You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 8192 words If you increase the maximum block size it is likely that Suprtool will
349. y a field but the field is not included in the list of extracted fields Suprlink cannot use the file but it may be a perfectly valid file for other applications NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it Record selection in effect percentage calculation is estimated You specified a Get or an Input with record number selection and the percentage complete is estimated 188 e Suprtool Errors and Warnings Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport Documentation Welcome to STExport for HP UX Version 4 6 01 STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Summary of the STExport commands Before Form Quote Verify Columns HEAding REDO Xeq DAte HElp Reset XML DElimiter HTML Set Zero DO Input SIgn expression Exit LISTREDO SPaces OS command FLoating Output Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprtool you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com
350. y insert data into the middle of a record again using the Extract command Define the first and second halves of the record as two big chunks Now Extract the first part note the constant you wish to insert then Extract the second part 22 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool gt input myfile reclen 95 nolf 95 bytes wide gt define partl 1 60 byte first 60 bytes gt define part2 61 35 byte remaining 35 gt extract partl constant part2 extract an 8 byte constant gt output newfile 103 bytes now gt xeq Producing a Condensed Table Listing Simple Reports Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool When debugging test databases it is often desirable to produce a condensed listing of a table on stdlist The following example combines the Extract command with the ASCII output option i e all binary and packed decimal data is converted into readable ASCII characters For readability each data value is prefixed with an abbreviated column name This listing is more compact than the one produced by the List command gt select from customer gt extract Account cust_ account gt extract C R credit_rating gt output ascii implies stdlist gt xeq The output would look like Account 04598921 C R 500000 Account 44657844 C R 2000000 Account 98753198 C R 300000 You can produce simple reports with Suprtool s List command You select the records for the report
351. you would use the stddate function as follows gt item purch date date ddmmyy gt if Sstddate purch date gt date 2000 11 first and amp stddate purch date lt date 2000 11 last Dynamic Date Selection You can use the If command for dynamic date selection Suppose you have a control file that maintains the start and end of a range of dates in which you are interested You can use the control file to select records from another file or dataset based on this date range This is a two step process in which the first Suprtool pass creates the If command with your dates and the second pass does the actual selection from the dataset Suprtool Commands e 117 118 e Suprtool Commands gt input datecntl reclen 12 nolf read the one_line control file gt define start_date 1 6 byte start date is the first six bytes gt define end_date 7 6 byte end date is the next six bytes gt extract if sales date gt assemble the If command gt extract start date gt extract and sales date lt gt extract end date gt extract gt output seldate temp write the If command to a file gt xeq This task produces a usefile that looks like this if sales date gt 001101 and sales date lt 001231 Now you can use this file named seldate to do the actual selection gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales gt use seldate use the file that has the If command gt output sdetail gt exit
352. ype when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to STExport Suprtool 4 6 01 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 213 HTML Command HT 214 e STExport Commands Use HTML to produce Web pages for either Internet or Intranet applications HTML NONE PREFORMATTED TABLE TITLE string HEADING string HTML NONE PREFORMATTED TABLE TITLE string HEADING string Default None Web applications expect data in a special format called the Hypertext Markup Language HTML Use the HTML option to request that STExport format the input file into HTML format Example Maximum Size of HTML Files Web browsers often cannot process large documents The maximum size depends on the browser the version of that browser the operating system it is working on and how much physical memory is present on the client machine We suggest that you limit your Web pages to less than 1 000 lines and restrict the number of columns unless you are certain that your users can handle larger files This advice reflects not so much a limitation of STExport but a limitation of how Web browsers work Preformatted Format To preserve the columns and spacing of each output line use the HTML Preformatted option This option puts an HTML lt pre gt tag around all the data in th
353. ype fields If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool Examples gt if field 10 1115 numeric field Sit cost qty gt 10000 gt if total lt qty price tax gt if yymmdd date 100 mod 100 lt 03 first quarter Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error and the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero Your task executes more slowly if you have a lot of division by zero errors and you have asked Suprtool to ignore them A better approach is to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division gt if Sread qty lt gt 0 and avoid division by zero total qty gt 100 Missing Features Arithmetic overflow in computations will cause Suprtool to abort Accuracy By default Suprtool uses floating point arithmetic to compute In some cases there can be slight inaccuracies due to rounding errors Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool do
354. yyymmdd gt if purch_ date date 2000 08 12 gt output result gt xeq Select by Year Suppose we want to select all the sales transactions for 2000 Suprtool does not have a short hand for specifying everything in that year To specify an entire year use a date range from January Ist to December 31st gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_date gt date 2000 01 01 and purch date lt date 2000 12 31 gt output result gt xeg Select Prior Month In the date function use a to indicate the current year month or day Similarly a means the previous year month or day For this example select all the sales 14 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 6 for HP UX Suprtool transactions for the prior month Note the use of the special keywords first and last to indicate the first and last day of the month gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt select from sales gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_ date gt date 1 first and purch_date lt date 1 last gt output result gt xeg Selecting by Lists of Values Sometimes you want to find records based on criteria contained in another file or table Finding Data Based on a List Suppose we want to find all orders for the customers 1234 9876 and 5555 We simply use a list of values afte

PDF 4.4M - Robelle

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents